SFS BANCORP INC
10KSB, 1998-03-31
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: TAITRON COMPONENTS INC, 10-K, 1998-03-31
Next: MARTIN INDUSTRIES INC /DE/, 10-K405, 1998-03-31



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-KSB

[X]    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
       ACT OF 1934  
        
       For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1997

                                       OR

[  ]   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
       EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934   


         For the transition period from ________________ to ________________
         Commission File Number 0-25994



                                SFS BANCORP, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)


         Delaware                                      22-3366295
(State or Other Jurisdiction of                   (I.R.S. Employer 
Incorporation or Organization                     Identification Number)


251-263 State Street, Schenectady, New York               12305
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                (Zip Code)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (518) 395-2300 


           Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                      None
           Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                     Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
                                (Title of Class)


         Indicate  by check mark  whether the  Registrant  (1) filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934 during the  preceding  twelve  months (or for such shorter  period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
requirements for the past 90 days. YES [X] NO [ ].

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of  Regulation  S-K (ss.  229.405  of this  chapter)  is not  contained
herein,  and will not be contained,  to the best of Registrant's  knowledge,  in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III
of this Form 10-KSB or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

         The issuer's  revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 were
$12,872,000.
<PAGE>

         The aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates
of the  Registrant,  computed by  reference  to the average of the bid and asked
price of such stock as of March 2, 1998 was $23.9 million. (The  exclusion  from
such amount of the market  value of the shares  owned by any person shall not be
deemed an  admission by the  Registrant  that such person is an affiliate of the
Registrant.)

         As of March 1, 1998,  the  Registrant  had  1,208,472  shares of Common
Stock issued and outstanding.
<PAGE>

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

    Part II of Form 10-KSB - Annual Report to  Stockholders  for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1997.

    Part III of Form 10-KSB - Portions of The Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting
of Stockholders to be held in 1998.
<PAGE>
                                     PART I

Item 1 Description of Business

Forward Looking Statements

    When used in this Form  10-KSB or future  filings  by the  Company  with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  in the Company's  press releases or other
public  or  shareholder  communications,  or in oral  statements  made  with the
approval of an authorized  executive  officer,  the words or phrases "would be",
"will  allow",  "intends to",  "will likely  result",  "are expected to",  "will
continue", "is anticipated",  "estimate",  "project", or similar expressions are
intended  to  identify  "forward-looking  statements"  within the meaning of the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

    The Company  wishes to caution  readers  not to place undue  reliance on any
such  forward-looking  statements,  which speak only as of the date made, and to
advise readers that various factors,  including  regional and national  economic
conditions,  substantial  changes in levels of market interest rates, credit and
other risks of lending and investment  activities and competitive and regulatory
factors,  could affect the Company's  financial  performance and could cause the
Company's  actual  results for future  periods to differ  materially  from those
anticipated or projected.

    The Company does not undertake,  and specifically  disclaims any obligation,
to update any forward-looking statements to reflect occurrences or unanticipated
events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

General

         SFS Bancorp, Inc. (the "Holding Company" or "SFS Bancorp"),  a Delaware
corporation, was organized to act as the holding company for Schenectady Federal
Savings Bank ("Schenectady Federal" or the "Bank") upon completion of the Bank's
conversion from the mutual to the stock form of organization (the "Conversion").
Collectively,  these entities are referred to herein as the Company. The Holding
Company received  approval from the Office of Thrift  Supervision (the "OTS") to
acquire all of the common stock of the Bank to be outstanding upon completion of
the Conversion. The Conversion was completed on June 29, 1995. All references to
the Company, unless otherwise indicated, at or before June 29, 1995 refer to the
Bank and its subsidiary on a consolidated  basis.  The Holding  Company's Common
Stock is quoted on the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers  Automated
Quotations ("Nasdaq") "National Market System under the symbol "SFED".

         At December 31, 1997,  the Company had total assets of $174.4  million,
deposits of $150.5 million, and stockholders' equity of $21.4 million.
                                                          
         The  executive  offices of the  Company  are  located at 251-263  State
Street, Schenectady, New York 12305, and its telephone number at that address is
(518) 395-2300.

         The  Holding  Company  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to   comprehensive
regulation,  examination  and  supervision by the Office of Thrift  Supervision,
Department  of  the  Treasury  ("OTS")  and  by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  ("FDIC").  The Bank is a  member  of the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank
("FHLB")  System and its deposits are backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States  Government and are insured by the Savings  Association  Insurance
Fund ("SAIF") to the maximum extent permitted by the FDIC. See "Regulation."
<PAGE>
         The  Bank,  the  Holding  Company's  only  operating  subsidiary,   was
originally chartered in 1889 as a state-chartered financial institution. In 1981
the Bank converted to a federally chartered mutual savings and loan association.
Schenectady  Federal's  business involves  attracting  deposits from the general
public and using such deposits to fund one- to four-family residential mortgage,
home equity and, to a much lesser extent, consumer and other loans in its market
area. At December 31, 1997,  $127.7  million,  or 94.9% of the Bank's total loan
portfolio consisted of residential mortgage loans,  including home equity loans.
The Bank also  invests  in  mortgage-backed  securities,  investment  securities
(consisting  primarily  of U.S.  government  and agency  obligations)  and other
permissible  investments.  At December 31, 1997,  the Bank had $17.0  million of
mortgage-backed securities, representing 9.7% of total assets, and $16.1 million
of    investment    securities    (including    $4.1   million   of   securities
available-for-sale, at fair value), representing 9.2% of total assets.

         The Bank has sought to enhance its net income through the adoption of a
strategy  designed to  maintain  capital in excess of  regulatory  requirements,
limit loan  delinquencies  and manage  the  Bank's  vulnerability  to changes in
interest  rates.  This  strategy  involves  (i)  emphasizing,  subject to market
conditions,  the  acquisition of adjustable  rate one- to  four-family  mortgage
loans  ("ARMs")  and  fixed  rate  one-  to  four-family  mortgage  loans,  (ii)
emphasizing  the  origination of home equity loans (most of which carry floating
rates of interest), (iii) maintaining a substantial portfolio of mortgage-backed
and investment securities and other short- and medium-term investments, and (iv)
using customer service and marketing efforts to build and maintain a substantial
level of core deposits.

         Schenectady  Federal  is  a  community-oriented  financial  institution
offering a variety of financial services to meet the needs of the communities it
serves.  The Bank attracts  retail  deposits from the general public and invests
those funds primarily in first mortgages on  owner-occupied,  one-to-four family
residences, as well as in home equity loans generally secured by junior liens on
the borrower's home. To a lesser extent,  the Bank also originates  consumer and
other loans in its market area. See "Lending  Activities." The Bank also invests
in  mortgage-backed  securities,  investment  securities  and other  permissible
assets. See "Investment Activities."

Market Area

         Schenectady Federal conducts business in Schenectady County through its
main office located at 251-263 State Street in  Schenectady,  New York and three
branch offices located in the Mayfair Shopping Center in Glenville, New York and
in the  Bellevue  and  Upper  Union  Street  areas  of  Schenectady,  New  York.
Schenectady County is part of the four-county Capital District Region which also
includes the counties of Saratoga, Albany and Rensselaer.  Schenectady Federal's
primary  market area for deposits  consists of  communities  within  Schenectady
County,  while the Bank's  primary  market area for  lending  extends to Albany,
Rensselaer and Saratoga Counties and, to a lesser extent, Warren County.

         In 1997, the population of Schenectady County was approximately 150,000
essentially  unchanged from population levels in 1985. The unemployment rate for
Schenectady County was 4.2% and 4.5% in December 1997 and 1996, respectively.

         Primary  industries  in the Bank's  market area are  manufacturing  and
service  industries.  State and local  government and wholesale and retail trade
account for a noteworthy  percentage  of  employment.  Major  employers  include
General Electric, KAPL, Inc., a research laboratory,  the County of Schenectady,
Ellis and St. Clare's Hospitals, Union College, Schenectady International,  Inc.
and Golub Corporation.
<PAGE>
Lending Activities

         General. Historically, the Bank originated 30-year, fixed-rate mortgage
loans secured by one- to four-family  residences.  During the 1990s, in order to
reduce its  vulnerability  to changes in interest rates, the Bank has emphasized
the  acquisition,  origination  and retention of mortgage  loans having  shorter
terms to maturity or repricing such as ARMs and home equity loans. The Bank also
offers  consumer loans and to a lesser extent  commercial  real estate  mortgage
loans.
<PAGE>
         Loan  Portfolio  Composition.  The  following  table sets forth certain
information  concerning  the  composition of the Bank's loan portfolio in dollar
amounts and in percentages  (before  deductions  for loans in process,  deferred
fees and discounts and allowances for losses) as of the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         December 31,
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1997                          1996                        1995
                                   -------------------------       -----------------------     -----------------------
                                      Amount        Percent         Amount         Percent       Amount        Percent
                                     --------        ------        --------        ------       --------      -------
                                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                  <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>            <C>
Real Estate Loans:
 One- to four-family ...........     $105,077         78.07%       $ 91,161         76.53%      $ 72,219        71.14%
 Multi-family ..................        1,981          1.47           1,568          1.32          2,382         2.35
 Commercial ....................        4,149          3.08           2,964          2.49          3,762         3.70
 Home Equity ...................       22,658         16.84          22,904         19.23         22,723        22.38
                                     --------         -----        --------         -----       --------        ----- 

    Total real estate loans ....      133,865         99.46         118,597         99.57        101,086        99.57
                                     --------         -----        --------         -----       --------        ----- 

Other Loans:
 Consumer:
  Deposit account ..............          573           .43             478           .40            361          .35
  Education ....................            3            --               4            --             22          .02
  Personal .....................           33           .03              34           .03             41          .04
  Automobile ...................          110           .08              --                           --           --
  Home improvement .............            2            --               3            --              5          .01 
                                     --------        ------        --------        ------       --------      -------
    Total consumer loans .......          721           .54             519           .43            429          .42

Commercial business loans ......         --              --               4            --             5           .01
                                     --------         -----        --------         -----       --------        ----- 
    Total other loans ..........          721           .54             523           .43            434          .43
                                     --------         -----        --------         -----       --------        ----- 

    Total loans ................      134,586        100.00%        119,120        100.00%       101,520       100.00%
                                                     ======                        ======                      ======
Less:
 Deferred fees and discounts ...           22                            23                           27
 Allowance for losses ..........          778                           642                          572
                                     --------                      --------                     --------  
    Total loans receivable,  net     $133,786                      $118,455                     $100,921
                                     ========                      ========                     ========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
         The following  table shows the composition of the Bank's loan portfolio
by fixed and adjustable or floating rate at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       December 31,
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1997                           1996                        1995
                                                  ----------------------         ---------------------         ------------------- 
                                                  Amount         Percent         Amount        Percent         Amount      Percent
                                                  ------         -------         ------        -------         ------      -------
                                                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                              <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>             <C> 
Fixed-Rate Loans:
 Real estate:
  One- to four-family ......................     $ 31,454         23.37%        $ 20,615        17.31%        $ 22,797        22.45%
  Multi-family .............................          213           .16              242          .20            1,046         1.03
  Commercial ...............................        2,335          1.73            1,533         1.29            3,133         3.09
  Home equity ..............................        4,656          3.46            4,334         3.64            4,433         4.37
                                                 --------        ------         --------       ------        --------        ------
     Total fixed-rate real estate loans ....       38,658         28.72           26,724        22.44          31,409         30.94 
                                                                                                                                   
 Consumer ..................................          721           .54              515          .43             407           .40
 Commercial business .......................           --            --                4           --             .01             5 
                                                 --------        ------         --------       ------        --------        ------
     Total fixed-rate  loans ...............       39,379         29.26           27,243        22.87          31,821         31.35 
                                                                                       
Adjustable-Rate Loans                                                                                                              
 Real estate:                                                                                                                      
  One- to four-family ......................       73,623         54.70           70,546        59.22          49,422         48.68
  Multi-family .............................        1,768          1.31            1,326         1.11           1,336          1.31 
  Commercial ...............................        1,814          1.35            1,431         1.20            629           .62 
  Home equity ..............................       18,002         13.38           18,570        15.59          18,290         18.02 
                                                 --------        ------         --------       ------        --------        ------
                                                                                                                                   
     Total adjustable-rate real estate loans       95,207         70.74           91,873        77.13          69,677         68.63 
                                                                                                                                   
 Consumer ..................................           --            --                4           --              22           .02
 Commercial business........................           --            --               --           --              --            --
                                                 --------        ------         --------       ------        --------        ------ 
     Total adjustable-rate loans ...........       95,207         70.74           91,877        77.13          69,699         68.65 
                                                 --------        ------         --------       ------        --------        ------ 
     Total loans ...........................      134,586        100.00%         119,120       100.00%        101,520        100.00%
                                                                 ======                        ======                        ====== 
Less:                                                                                                                              
 Deferred fees and discounts ...............           22                             23                           27 
 Allowance for loan losses .................          778                            642                          572 
                                                 --------                       --------                     --------  
    Total loans receivable, net ............     $133,786                       $118,455                     $100,921 
                                                 ========                       ========                     ========  
                                                                               
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
         The following schedule illustrates the interest rate sensitivity of the
Bank's loan  portfolio  at December  31, 1997.  Loans which have  adjustable  or
renegotiable interest rates are shown as maturing in the period during which the
contract  is due.  The  schedule  does  not  reflect  the  effects  of  possible
prepayments or enforcement of due-on-sale clauses.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Real Estate
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                               Multi-family and                                               
                                      One-to four-family             Commercial       Home Equity           Consumer          
                                    ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------------------- 
                                                 Weighted               Weighted               Weighted             Weighted  
                                                 Average                Average                Average              Average   
                                      Amount      Rate       Amount      Rate       Amount      Rate      Amount     Rate     
                                      ------      ----       ------      ----       ------      ----      ------     ----     
                                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Due During Years
    Ending December 31,
1998.......................          $    52      7.37%      $1,192      3.66%     $    12      8.50%      $516       8.37% 
1999.......................              359      7.74           73      8.75        1,178      9.80         81       9.02  
2000.......................              223      8.47           67      9.50        3,270      9.56         32       7.89  
2001 to 2002...............            1,755      7.55        1,334      9.60        4,303      9.40         92       7.84  
2003 to 2022...............           37,195      8.10        3,464      9.30       13,878      8.81         --         --  
2023 and following.........           65,493      7.42          --         --           17      7.99         --         --  
                                    --------                 ------                -------                 ----     
                                    $105,077                 $6,130                $22,658                 $721  
                                    ========                 ======                =======                 ====  

<CAPTION>
                                                    Real Estate  
                                 -----------------------------------------------                                 
                                       Commercial                             
                                        Business                    Total               
                                 --------------------   ------------------------    
                                             Weighted               Weighted      
                                              Average                Average       
                                 Amount        Rate      Amount       Rate    
<S>                             <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>
Due During Years        
    Ending December 31, 
1998......................      $   --         --       $  1,772      5.17%                                      
1999......................          --         --          1,691      9.28                                       
2000......................          --         --          3,592      9.48                                       
2001 to 2002..............          --         --          7,484      8.98                                       
2003 to 2022..............          --         --         54,537      8.36                                       
2023 and following........          --         --         65,510      7.42         
                                ------                  --------                                         
                                $   --                  $134,586                   
                                ======                  ========   
</TABLE>
 
         The total  amount  of loans due after  December  31,  1997  which  have
predetermined  interest rates is $39.7 million,  while the total amount of loans
due after such date which have  floating or adjustable  interest  rates is $94.9
million.
<PAGE>
         Pursuant to Federal law, the aggregate amount of loans that the Bank is
permitted to make to any one borrower is generally  limited to 15% of unimpaired
capital  and  surplus  (25%  if  the  security  for  such  loan  has a  "readily
ascertainable"  value or 30% for  certain  residential  development  loans).  At
December 31, 1997,  based on the above, the Bank's  loans-to-one  borrower limit
was approximately $2.8 million. On the same date, the Bank had no borrowers with
outstanding  balances  in excess of this  amount.  The  Bank's  largest  lending
relationship  at  December  31,  1997 was two  loans to one  borrower  totalling
$788,000.  One loan in the amount of  $548,000  was on a five  building  20 unit
apartment complex located in Saratoga Springs,  New York. The second loan in the
amount of $240,000 was on a commercial  property used in the borrower's business
in  Schenectady,  New York.  Both loans were performing in accordance with their
terms at December 31, 1997.

         The Bank's lending is subject to its written underwriting standards and
to loan origination  procedures.  Decisions on loan applications are made on the
basis of detailed  applications  and property  valuations  (consistent  with the
Bank's  appraisal  policy)  by  the  Bank's  independent  appraisers.  The  loan
applications are designed primarily to determine the borrower's ability to repay
and the more  significant  items on the application are verified  through use of
credit reports, financial statements, tax returns and/or confirmations.

         Under the Bank's loan policy, the individual  processing an application
is  responsible  for ensuring that all  documentation  is obtained  prior to the
submission of the application to a loan officer for approval.  In addition,  the
loan  officer  verifies  that the  application  meets  the  Bank's  underwriting
guidelines described below.

         All secured loans over $500,000, or unsecured loans over $100,000, must
be  approved  by the  Bank's  Board of  Directors.  The Bank's  Loan  Committee,
consisting  of  officers  Giaquinto,  Schlansker,  Ammian,  and  Krywinski,  has
authority  to approve  secured  loans up to $500,000 and  unsecured  loans up to
$100,000.  Any three of these  individuals  acting as a group can approve a loan
within the authority of the Loan  Committee.  Various  officers of the Bank have
individual  secured loan  approval  authority  ranging from $10,000 to $300,000.
Authorization for unsecured loans range from $500 to $5,000.

         Generally,  the Bank requires title  insurance or updated  abstracts on
its mortgage loans as well as fire and extended coverage  casualty  insurance in
amounts  at least  equal to the  principal  amount  of the loan or the  value of
improvements  on the  property,  depending  on the type of loan.  The Bank  also
requires flood insurance to protect the property  securing its interest when the
property is located in a flood plain.  

         One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending. The cornerstone of
the Bank's lending  program is the  origination of loans secured by mortgages on
owner-occupied  one- to  four-family  residences.  At December 31, 1997,  $127.7
million,  or 94.9% of the Bank's loan  portfolio  consisted  of  mortgage  loans
(including home equity loans) on one- to four-family  residences.  Substantially
all of the residential  loans  originated by Schenectady  Federal are secured by
properties located in the Bank's primary lending area.  Included in the mortgage
loan portfolio at December 31, 1997, the Bank also had $6.1 million of purchased
one- to four-family  loans serviced by others,  which were primarily  secured by
properties  located  outside its market area.  A majority of the mortgage  loans
originated  by the Bank are  retained  and  serviced  by it. No loans  have been
purchased by the Bank and serviced by others since 1990.
<PAGE>
         The Bank  offers  conventional  fixed-rate  loans  with  terms  ranging
between 10 and 30 years.  The interest rate on such loans is generally  based on
the FHLMC delivery rates as well as competitive factors.

         In  addition to fixed rate loans,  the Bank offers  one-year  ARMs at a
margin  (generally  300 basis points) over the yield on the Average  Monthly One
Year U.S.  Treasury Constant Maturity Index for terms of up to 30 years. The ARM
loans  currently  offered by the Bank  generally  provide  for a 200 basis point
annual  interest rate change cap and a lifetime cap of 600 basis points over the
initial rate. The Bank's loans typically do not contain floors. Initial interest
rates  offered on the Bank's ARMs may be 100 to 350 basis points below the fully
indexed  rate,  and  borrowers are qualified at that initial rate plus 200 basis
points. As a result, the risk of default on these loans may increase as interest
rates increase. See "Asset  Quality-Non-Performing  Assets." The Bankalso offers
five year/one year and three  year/one year ARM products where the rate is fixed
for the first three or five years.  After the initial  fixed term,  the mortgage
has the same  characteristics  as a one-year  ARM. The Bank's ARMs do not permit
negative amortization of principal,  do not contain prepayment penalties and are
not convertible  into fixed-rate  loans. In the past, the Bank offered  one-year
ARMs with a margin 200 to 300 basis points over a specified index and an average
annual cap of 600 basis points.  At December 31, 1997, one- to four-family  ARMs
totaled $73.6 million, or 54.7% of the Bank's total loan portfolio.

         In underwriting one- to four-family  residential real estate loans, the
Bank  evaluates  both the  borrower's  ability to make  principal,  interest and
escrow payments, the value of the property that will secure the loan and debt to
income ratios.  Schenectady Federal originates  residential  mortgage loans with
loan-to-value  ratios of up to 95% for owner-occupied  homes.  However,  private
mortgage insurance is required on loans with  loan-to-value  ratios greater than
80% to reduce the Bank's  exposure.  The Bank generally  seeks to underwrite its
loans in accordance with secondary market standards.

         The Bank's residential  mortgage loans customarily  include due-on-sale
clauses  giving  the Bank the  right to  declare  the loan  immediately  due and
payable in the event that,  among other things,  the borrower sells or otherwise
disposes of the property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid.
                                                                               
         The Bank also  originates home equity loans and lines of credit secured
by a lien  on the  borrower's  residence.  The  Bank's  home  equity  loans  are
generally limited to $100,000. The Bank uses the same underwriting standards for
home equity loans as it uses for one- to four-family residential mortgage loans.
The Bank's home equity loans are originated in amounts which,  together with the
amount of the first  mortgage,  do not exceed 80% of the appraised  value of the
property  securing the loan.  The interest rates for home equity loans and lines
of credit  float  with the prime rate or, in the case of loans (but not lines of
credit),  are fixed.  The Bank writes  home  equity  loans for terms of up to 25
years. At December 31, 1997, the Bank had $22.7 million of home equity loans and
an additional $10.1 million of additional funds  committed,  but undrawn,  under
home equity lines of credit.

         Commercial  Real Estate and  Multi-Family  Lending.  The Bank  actively
originates  and  purchases  permanent  commercial  real estate and  multi-family
loans. At December 31, 1997, the Bank had $4.1 million in commercial real estate
loans, representing 3.1% of the Bank's total loan portfolio, and $2.0 million in
multi-family loans, or 1.5% of the Bank's total loan portfolio.
<PAGE>
         The Bank's  commercial  real  estate and  multi-family  loan  portfolio
includes loans secured by motels,  apartment buildings,  small office buildings,
and  other  non-residential  building  properties,   as  well  as  participation
interests therein.

         The Bank's  permanent  commercial  real estate and  multi-family  loans
generally carried a maximum term of 25 years. These loans were generally written
in amounts of up to 75% of the lesser of the appraised  value of the property or
the purchase price and had a projected  debt service  coverage ratio of at least
1.2%. Commercial real estate loans originated during 1997 possess maturity dates
between  five and ten  years.  Those  loans  maturing  in ten  years  have  been
originated to reprice in five years.

         Multi-family  and  commercial  real estate  loans  generally  present a
higher level of risk than loans secured by one- to four-family residences.  This
greater risk is due to several factors, including the concentration of principal
in a limited  number of loans and  borrowers,  the  effects of general  economic
conditions  on income  producing  properties  and the  increased  difficulty  of
evaluating and monitoring  these types of loans.  Furthermore,  the repayment of
loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate is typically  dependent
upon the successful  operation of the related real estate  project.  If the cash
flow from the project is reduced  (for  example,  if leases are not  obtained or
renewed),  the borrower's ability to repay the loan may be impaired. At December
31, 1997, the Bank had two commercial real estate loans to one borrower totaling
over  $500,000  that  are  non-performing.   See  "Asset  Quality-Non-Performing
Assets."  Since 1991,  the Bank has focused its primary  efforts on  residential
lending.

         Consumer  Lending.  The Bank  originates  a variety of consumer  loans,
including  automobile,  home  improvement,  deposit  account and other loans for
household and personal  purposes.  At December 31, 1997,  consumer loans totaled
$721,000 or .5% of total loans outstanding.

         Consumer  loan  terms vary  according  to the type of loan and value of
collateral,  length of contract and creditworthiness of the borrower. The Bank's
consumer  loans are made at fixed interest  rates,  with terms of up to 20 years
for secured loans and on a demand basis for unsecured loans.

         The  underwriting  standards  employed by the Bank for  consumer  loans
include a determination  of the  applicant's  payment history on other debts and
the ability to meet  existing  obligations  and payments on the  proposed  loan.
Although  creditworthiness  of the  applicant is of primary  consideration,  the
underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the security, if
any, in relation to the proposed loan amount.  Consumer loans may entail greater
credit risk than do  residential  mortgage  loans,  particularly  in the case of
consumer loans which are unsecured or are secured by rapidly depreciable assets,
such as automobiles.  In such cases, any repossessed  collateral for a defaulted
consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding
loan  balance  as a  result  of  the  greater  likelihood  of  damage,  loss  or
depreciation.  In  addition,  consumer  loan  collections  are  dependent on the
borrower's  continuing  financial  stability,  and thus are  more  likely  to be
affected by adverse  personal  circumstances.  Furthermore,  the  application of
various federal and state laws,  including  bankruptcy and insolvency  laws, may
limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans. Although the Bank has, in
the past,  experienced  significant  losses in the consumer loan  portfolio,  at
December 31, 1997, there were no loans in the consumer loan portfolio which were
non-performing.  During  1997,  the Bank  recovered  $42,000 on  consumer  loans
previously  charged off. There can be no assurance that  delinquencies  will not
develop in the future.
<PAGE>
         Originations,   Purchases  and  Sales  of  Loans  and   Mortgage-Backed
Securities

         Loan  applications  are taken in all branch offices and approved in the
main office of the Bank. Prior to 1994, most of Schenectady Federal's originated
loans were generated by Schenectady  Federal's  staff of salaried loan officers.
Beginning  in 1994,  the Bank began to originate a  significant  amount of loans
through  local  mortgage  brokers  which  generally  retained a 100 basis  point
origination  fee as their  compensation.  Also during 1994,  the Bank  purchased
loans on a servicing  released basis which were  originated by a mortgage banker
for the Bank.  All such  loans were  originated  in  accordance  with the Bank's
normal  underwriting  standards.  The  Bank  believes  that its  utilization  of
mortgage brokers has had a favorable impact on loan  originations.  However,  in
the event the Bank's relationship with these mortgage brokers were terminated in
the future,  loan  originations  and results of  operations  could be  adversely
affected. In an effort to mitigate this risk, the Bank hired a representative in
1997 to originate residential mortgage loans on a full commission basis.

         While the Bank originates  both fixed and  adjustable-rate  loans,  its
ability to originate  loans is dependent upon the relative  customer  demand for
loans in its market. Demand is affected by the interest rate environment. During
1995, 1996 and 1997, the Bank's volume of ARMs exceeded its volume of fixed rate
loans.

         Historically,  the  Bank  retained  most  of the  fixed  rate  one-  to
four-family  residential  loans  in  its  portfolio.  In  order  to  reduce  its
vulnerability to changes in interest rates, commencing in 1992 through 1994, the
Bank sold most of the fixed rate  residential  loans it  originated or otherwise
acquired with  maturities in excess of 15 years,  except where the interest rate
equaled  or  exceeded  a  specified  rate (as  designated  from  time to time by
management)  based  on  its  portfolio  objectives  and  alternative  investment
opportunities.   When  loans  are  sold,   the  Bank   typically   retains   the
responsibility  for collecting and remitting loan payments,  making certain that
real  estate  tax  payments  are made on  behalf  of  borrowers,  and  otherwise
servicing the loans.  The servicing fee is recognized as income over the life of
the loans.  At December 31,  1997,  the Bank  serviced  $3.5 million of mortgage
loans for others. The Bank did not sell loans during 1995, 1996 and 1997.
<PAGE>
         The  following  table  shows  the loan and  mortgage-backed  securities
origination, purchase, sale and repayment activities of the Bank for the periods
indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                              ---------------------------------------  
                                                1997            1996            1995
                                              --------        --------        ------- 
                                                           (In Thousands)
<S>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
LOANS:
Originations by type:
      Adjustable rate:
       Real estate - one- to four-family      $ 13,186(1)     $ 20,894(1)     $ 8,219(1)
                     - home equity ......        5,705           5,174          5,474
                     - commercial........          927              --             --  
       Non-real estate - consumer........           --              --             --
                                              --------        --------        ------- 
             Total  adjustable-rate .....       19,818          26,068         13,693
                                                                             
      Fixed rate:
       Real estate - one- to four-family         9,930(2)        1,606(2)       2,966(2) 
                     - home  equity......          515             737          1,713    
                     - commercial .......        1,318             198            198
       Non-real estate - consumer........          293              16             --
                                              --------        --------        --------
             Total fixed-rate ...........       12,056           2,557           4,679
                                              --------        --------        --------
             Total loans originated .....       31,874          28,625
                                                                                18,372
     Purchases:
       Real estate - one- to four-family         3,550           6,973           5,245
                                              --------        --------        --------
     Sales and Repayments:
       Real estate - one- to four-family           --              --              --    
       Non-real estate - consumer........          --              --              --
                                              --------        --------        --------
             Total  sales................          --              --              --

       Principal repayments .............       19,958          17,998          16,701
                                              --------        --------        --------
             Total  reductions ..........       19,958          17,998          16,701
                                              --------        --------        --------
                                                               
             Net increase ...............     $ 15,466       $ 17,600        $  6,916
                                              ========        ========        ========
    MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES:
     Purchases:
      Mortgage-backed securities ........     $     --        $     --        $  5,381
     Principal repayments................        3,468           3,984           2,954
                                              --------        --------        --------
         Net increase  (decrease)........     $ (3,468)       $( 3,984)        $  2,427
                                              ========        ========        ========
</TABLE> 
(1)  Includes $12,672, $19,573 and $8,138 of loans originated through brokers in
     1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
(2)  Includes  $8,511,  $162 and $1,930 of loans  originated  through brokers in
     1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
<PAGE>
Asset Quality

         Delinquency  Procedures.  When a  borrower  fails  to  make a  required
payment on a loan,  the Bank attempts to cure the  delinquency by contacting the
borrower. A late notice is sent on all loans over 16 days delinquent. Additional
written and verbal contacts may be made with the borrower between 30 and 60 days
after the due date. If the loan is  contractually  delinquent 90 days,  the Bank
usually  sends a 30-day  demand  letter to the borrower  and,  after the loan is
contractually delinquent 120 days, institutes appropriate action to foreclose on
the  property.  If  foreclosed,  the  property  is  sold at  auction  and may be
purchased by the Bank.  Delinquent  consumer  loans are  generally  handled in a
similar  manner.  The Bank's  procedures for  repossession  and sale of consumer
collateral  are  subject  to  various   requirements  under  New  York  consumer
protection laws.

         Real estate acquired by Schenectady  Federal as a result of foreclosure
or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until it is
sold.  When  property is acquired or expected to be acquired by  foreclosure  or
deed in lieu of  foreclosure,  it is recorded at the lower of cost or  estimated
fair value, less the estimated cost of disposition. After acquisition, all costs
incurred  in  maintaining  the  property  are  expensed.  Costs  relating to the
development  and  improvement of the property,  however,  are capitalized to the
extent of fair value less disposition cost.

         The following table sets forth the Bank's loan  delinquencies  by type,
by amount and by percentage of type at December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Loans Delinquent For:
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         60-89 Days                     90 Days and Over                 Total Delinquent Loans
                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------
                                                       Percent                            Percent                           Percent
                                                       of Loan                            of Loan                           of Loan
                                Number      Amount     Category    Number      Amount     Category      Number    Amount    Category
                             ----------  ----------  ----------------------  ----------  ----------- ----------  ----------  -------
                                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                              <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>
  Real Estate:
  One- to four-family . .           8        $285         .27%         11      $  491         .46%         19       $ 776       .73%
    Multi-family . . . . .        ---         ---         ---         ---         ---         ---         ---         ---       ---
    Commercial   . . . . .          1         147        3.55           2         691       16.65           3         838     20.20
    Home equity  . . . . .        ---         ---         ---           4         165         .72           4         165       .72
  Consumer    . . . . . . .       ---         ---         ---         ---         ---         ---         ---         ---       ---
                    . . . .
  Commercial business   . .       ---         ---         ---         ---         ---         ---         ---         ---       ---
                                 ----        -----      -----        ----      ------       -----         ---      ------     -----

  Total                             9        $432         .32%         17      $1,347        1.00%         26      $1,779      1.32%
                                =====        ====       =====        ====      ======       =====        ====      ======     =====
</TABLE>
         Classification of Assets. Federal regulations require that each savings
institution  classify its assets on a regular basis. In addition,  in connection
with examinations of savings institutions, OTS and FDIC examiners have authority
to identify  problem assets and, if appropriate,  require them to be classified.
There are three  classifications for problem assets:  substandard,  doubtful and
loss.   Substandard   assets  have  one  or  more  defined  weaknesses  and  are
<PAGE>
characterized  by the distinct  possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss
if the  deficiencies  are not corrected.  Doubtful assets have the weaknesses of
substandard assets, with the additional characteristics that the weaknesses make
collection  or  liquidation  in full on the basis of currently  existing  facts,
conditions and values questionable,  and there is a high possibility of loss. An
asset classified loss is considered  uncollectible and of such little value that
continuance  as an  asset  on  the  balance  sheet  of  the  institution  is not
warranted.  Assets classified as substandard or doubtful require the institution
to establish prudent general  allowances for loan losses. If an asset or portion
thereof is classified as loss, the institution  must either  establish  specific
allowances  for loan  losses in the  amount of 100% of the  portion of the asset
classified  loss, or charge off such amount.  If an  institution  does not agree
with an examiner's  classification of an asset, it may appeal this determination
to the District Director of the OTS. On the basis of management's  review of its
assets, at December 31, 1997, the Bank had classified a total of $1.5 million of
its loans and other assets as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Commercial Real
                                One- to Four-       Estate and         Consumer
                                  Family          Multi-Family        and Other           Total
                             ---------------- --------------------  -------------       ---------
                                                             (In Thousands)
<S>                                 <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
         Substandard     .          $602              $691              $165              $1,458                             
         Doubtful    . . .           ---               ---               ---                 ---                                  
         Loss    . . . . .           ---               ---               ---                 ---
                                    ----              ----              ----              ------ 
             Total . . . .          $602              $691              $165              $1,458
                                    ====              ====              ====              ====== 
</TABLE>
 
         Schenectady  Federal's  classified assets consist of the non-performing
loans and loans and other  assets of concern  discussed  herein.  As of the date
hereof,  these asset  classifications are generally consistent with those of the
OTS and FDIC.  Subsequent  to  December  31,  1997,  approximately  $389,000  of
one-to-four family and commercial real estate and multi-family loans were either
paid off or past due payments brought current.
 
         Non-Performing  Assets.  The table  below  sets forth the  amounts  and
categories  of  non-performing  assets in the Bank's loan  portfolio.  Loans are
placed on non-accrual  status when the collection of principal  and/or  interest
become  doubtful.  Restructured  loans consist of troubled  debt  restructurings
(which  involve  forgiving a portion of interest  or  principal  on any loans or
making loans at a rate  materially  less than that of market rates).  Foreclosed
assets include assets acquired in settlement of loans.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                December 31,
                                                                   ----------------------------------------
                                                                     1997           1996            1995
                                                                   ---------      ----------      ---------
                                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                                <C>               <C>             <C>
          Non-accruing loans:
            One- to four-family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $    472          $   25          $  54
            Home equity   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         165              18            ---
            Multi-family  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
            Commercial real estate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         691             756            744
            Consumer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---               2            ---
            Commercial business   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
                                                                   --------          ------          -----
                   Total          . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       1,328             801            798
                                                                   --------          ------          -----
          Accruing loans delinquent 90 days or more:
            One- to four-family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          19              32             41
            Home equity   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
            Multi-family  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
            Commercial real estate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
            Consumer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
            Commercial business   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
                                                                   --------          ------          -----
                   Total . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . . .          19              32             41
                                                                   --------          ------          -----
          Restructured loans:
            One- to four-family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
            Home equity   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
            Multi-family  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
            Commercial real estate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
            Consumer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
            Commercial business   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
                                                                   --------          ------          -----
                   Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
                                                                   --------          ------          -----
          Foreclosed assets:
            One- to four-family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---              94            ---
            Home equity   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          27             ---            ---
            Multi-family  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            200
            Commercial real estate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          84              84            ---
            Consumer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
            Commercial business   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---            ---
                                                                   --------          ------          -----
                   Total                    . . . . . . . . . .         111             178            200
                                                                   --------          ------          -----

          Total non-performing assets   . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  1,458          $1,011         $1,039
                                                                   =========         =======        ====== 
          Total as a percentage of total assets     . . . . . . .       .84%            .61%           .62%
                                                                   =========         =======        ====== 
          Total non-performing loans    . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  1,347          $  833         $  839
                                                                   =========         ======         ====== 
          Total as a percentage of total loans receivable, net         1.01%            .70%           .83%
                                                                   =========        =======         ====== 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
    For the year ended December 31, 1997 gross interest  income which would have
been recorded had the  non-accruing  loans been current in accordance with their
original  terms  amounted to $89,000.  The amount that was  included in interest
income on such loans was $0.

    As of December  31, 1997,  the Bank's  non-performing  assets  having a book
value of $500,000 or more included the following:

         Motel loans.  In 1988, the Bank purchased a  participation  interest in
two loans secured by three Travelers Motor Inns having an aggregate of 315 units
and located in Albany,  Plattsburg  and Syracuse,  New York. As a result of cash
flow and other  problems,  the loans  have been  delinquent  since  1992.  As of
December 31, 1997, the borrower was in  bankruptcy.  Beginning in February 1996,
the Bank began receiving adequate  protection  payments in an amount established
by the Bankruptcy  Court. At December 31, 1997, the book value of this asset was
$691,000.  In January,  1998, the loan secured by the  Plattsburgh  facility was
paid  in  full  and the  Bank  recovered  approximately  $21,000  of the  amount
previously  charged off. In accordance with the ruling of the Bankruptcy  Court,
the  remaining  loan will  begin  paying at a rate of 10.5%  with a term of five
years.

         Other Loans of Concern.  In addition to the  non-performing  assets set
forth in the table  above,  as of  December  31,  1997  there were no loans with
respect to which known  information  about the possible  credit  problems of the
borrowers or the cash flows of the security properties have caused management to
have  concerns as to the ability of the  borrowers  to comply with  present loan
repayment  terms and which may result in the future  inclusion  of such items in
the non-performing asset categories.

         Management has considered  the Bank's  non-performing  and "of concern"
assets in establishing its allowance for loan losses.
<PAGE>
         Allowance for Loan Losses.  The following  table sets forth an analysis
of the Bank's allowance for loan losses.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 Year Ended December 31,
                                                                         ----------------------------------
                                                                            1997         1996         1995
                                                                         --------      -------      -------
                                                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
            Balance at beginning of period  . . . . . . . .  . . . . .      $642         $572         $861
            Charge-offs:
              One- to four-family  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        16           44           88
              Home equity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         7           41          ---
              Multi-family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ---          ---          419
              Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ---          ---          202
              Consumer   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         3            2            9
              Commercial business    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ---          ---          ---
                                                                            ----         ----         ----
            Total                        . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        26           87          718
                                                                            ----         ----         ----
            Recoveries:
              One- to four-family  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ---          ---            7
              Home equity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ---          ---          ---
              Multi-family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ---          ---          ---
              Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ---          ---          ---
              Consumer   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        42           37           52
              Commercial business    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ---          ---          ---
                                                                            ----         ----         ----
            Total                        . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        42           37           59
                                                                            ----         ----         ----

            Net charge-offs (recoveries)   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (16)          50          659
            Additions charged to operations  . . . . . . . . . . . . .       120          120          370
                                                                            ----         ----         ----
            Balance at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $778         $642         $572
                                                                            ====         ====         ====
            Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) to average
            loans outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (.01)%       .04%         .68%
                                                                            ====         ====         ====
            Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries)
                to non-performing loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     (1.19)%      6.00%        78.55%
                                                                            ====         ====         ====
            Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans . . . .      57.76%       77.07%       68.18%
                                                                            ====         ====         ====
            Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of    
            period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       .58%          .54%         .56%
                                                                            ====         ====         ====
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
         The  distribution of the Bank's  allowance for loan losses at the dates
indicated is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         December 31,
                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1997                       1996                        1995
                                        -------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                       Percent                   Percent                      Percent
                                                      of Loans                   of Loans                     of Loans
                                                       in Each                   in Each                      in Each
                                                      Category                  Category                     Category
                                                      of Total                  of Total                     of Total
                                           Amount       Loans       Amount        Loans         Amount         Loans
                                        ----------   ------------  ----------    ------------  ----------    ------------
                                                                             In Thousands)
<S>                                     <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>

     One-to-four  family..........      $   239        78.03       $   141         76.53         $ 117         71.14
     Multi-family ................           20         1.47            16          1.32            24          2.35
     Commercial real estate.......          143         3.12           143          2.49           104          3.70
     Home equity..................           68        16.84            60         19.23            34         22.38
     Consumer.....................            7          .54             5           .43             4           .42
     Commercial business..........          ---          ---           ---           ---           ---           .01
     Unallocated..................          301          ---           277           ---           289           --- 
                                        -------       ------       -------        ------         -----        ------- 
                    
        Total.....................      $   778       100.00%      $   642        100.00%        $ 572        100.00%  
                                        =======       ======       =======        ======         =====        ======= 
</TABLE>

         The  allowance for loan losses is  established  through a provision for
loan losses  charged to earnings  based on  management's  evaluation of the risk
inherent in the loan  portfolio.  The allowance is established as an amount that
management believes will be adequate to absorb losses on existing loans that may
become  uncollectible,  based on evaluations of the  collectibility of loans and
prior loan loss  experience.  Management's  evaluation  of the  adequacy  of the
allowance  takes into  consideration  such factors as the  historical  loan loss
experience,  changes in the nature  and  volume of the loan  portfolio,  overall
portfolio  quality,  review  of  specific  problem  loans and  current  economic
conditions that may affect borrowers' ability to pay.

         While management  believes that it uses the best information  available
to determine the allowance for loan losses,  unforeseen  market conditions could
result in adjustments  to the allowance for loan losses,  and net earnings could
be  significantly  affected,  if  circumstances  differ  substantially  from the
assumptions used in making the final determination. No portion of the reserve is
available to absorb  realized  losses.  The amount and timing of realized losses
and future reserve allocations may vary from current estimates.

Investment Activities

         The  Bank  utilizes  investment  and   mortgage-backed   securities  in
virtually  all aspects of its  asset/liability  management  strategy.  In making
investment  decisions,  the Investment Committee considers,  among other things,
the Bank's yield and interest rate objectives, its interest rate and credit risk
position and its liquidity and cash flow.
<PAGE>
         Schenectady  Federal must maintain  minimum levels of investments  that
qualify as liquid  assets  under OTS  regulations.  Liquidity  may  increase  or
decrease  depending upon the  availability  of funds and  comparative  yields on
investments  in  relation  to the  return on loans.  Cash flow  projections  are
regularly  reviewed and updated to assure that adequate liquidity is maintained.
The  Bank's  level of  liquidity  is a result  of  management's  asset/liability
strategy.

         Investment  Securities.  Federally chartered savings  institutions have
the  authority to invest in various types of  investment  securities,  including
United States  Treasury  obligations,  securities of various  federal  agencies,
certain  certificates  of  deposit of insured  banks and  savings  institutions,
certain bankers'  acceptances,  repurchase agreements and federal funds. Subject
to various  restrictions,  federally  chartered  savings  institutions  may also
invest  their  assets in  commercial  paper,  investment  grade  corporate  debt
securities  and mutual  funds whose  assets  conform to the  investments  that a
federally  chartered  savings  institution  is  otherwise   authorized  to  make
directly.

         To date,  the  Bank's  investment  strategy  has been  directed  toward
high-quality  assets (primarily  government and agency obligations) with varying
terms to maturity.  At December 31,  1997,  the Bank did not own any  investment
securities of a single  issuer which  exceeded 10% of the Bank's  equity,  other
than U.S. government or federal agency obligations.

         The Bank  invests  its  liquid  assets  primarily  in  interest-earning
overnight  deposits.  Other investments include primarily high grade medium-term
(up to five  years) U.S.  Treasury  and agency  obligations.  For the year ended
December 31, 1997, the Bank had an average  outstanding balance of $18.1 million
in investment  securities  (including  $4.4 million of securities  available for
sale) with an average yield of 6.51%.
<PAGE>
         The following table sets forth the composition of the Bank's securities
portfolio at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                        December 31,
                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                1997                        1996                         1995
                                                      -------------------------   -------------------------    ---------------------
                                                         Book        % of          Book           % of           Book         % of
                                                        Value        Total         Value          Total          Value        Total
                                                      ---------     -----------   ---------      ----------    ---------    --------
                                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>           <C>
 Securities available for sale (at fair value):
   Federal agency obligations  . . . . . . . . . .     $ 4,067        22.96%      $    ---           ---%      $    ---         ---%
   Mutual funds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---          ---          1,990          9.68          7,976       21.65
 Investment securities (at amortized cost):
   U.S. government obligations   . . . . . . . . .       1,992        11.24          3,980         19.37          5,968       16.20
   Federal agency obligations  . . . . . . . . . .       9,945        56.13          9,481         46.13          9,692       26.30
   Municipal bonds   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          76          .43             84           .41             93         .25
   Corporate bonds   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---          ---          2,201         10.71          2,905        7.88
   Mutual funds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---          ---            ---           ---            ---         ---
                                                      --------       ------       --------        ------        -------      ------
 Subtotal    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      16,080        90.76         17,736         86.30         26,634       72.28
 FHLB stock    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       1,338         7.55          1,215          5.91          1,117        3.03
                                                      --------       ------       --------        ------        -------      ------
      Total investment securities and FHLB stock       $17,418        98.31%       $18,951         92.21%       $27,751       75.31%
                                                       =======       ======        =======        ======        =======      ====== 
 Average remaining life of securities excluding
 FHLB stock and mutual funds     . . . . . . . . .     5.1 years                   3.6 years                    3.2 years
 
 Other interest-earning assets:
   Federal funds sold  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         300         1.69          1,600          7.79          9,100       24.69
                                                       -------       ------        -------        ------        -------      ------
       Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $17,718       100.00%       $20,551        100.00%       $36,851      100.00%
                                                       =======       ======        =======        ======        =======      ======

 Average remaining life or term to repricing of
 securities and other interest-earning assets,
  excluding FHLB stock and mutual funds   . . . .      5.0 years                   3.3 years                    2.2 years
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
         The composition and maturities of the securities  portfolio,  excluding
FHLB stock and federal funds sold, are indicated in the following table.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             December 31, 1997
                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Less Than      1 to 5      5 to 10       Over       No Stated
                                             1 Year        Years        Years       10 Years     Maturity      Total Securities
                                            ---------      -------     --------     --------    ---------    ------------------- 
                                             Book          Book         Book         Book        Book         Book        Market
                                             Value         Value        Value        Value       Value        Value       Value
                                             -------      -------      -------      -------     -------      -------     -------
                                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
 Securities available for
 sale:
   Federal agency obligations .............. $ 4,067      $  --        $  --        $  --       $  --        $ 4,067     $ 4,067
                                             -------      -------      -------      -------     -------      -------     -------
 Investment securities:
   U.S. government securities ..............   1,992         --           --           --          --          1,992       1,998
   Federal agency obligations ..............    --          7,057        1,124        1,764        --          9,945       9,945
   Municipal bonds .........................    --           --             76         --          --             76          76
   Corporate bonds .........................    --           --           --           --          --           --          --   
   Collateralized mortgage obligation ......    --           --           --           --          --           --          --   
                                             -------      -------      -------      -------     -------      -------     -------
     Total investmentsecurities ............   1,992        7,057        1,200        1,764        --         12,013      12,019
                                             -------      -------      -------      -------     -------      -------     -------

 Total  securities ......................... $ 1,992      $11,124      $ 1,200      $ 1,764     $  --        $16,080     $16,086
                                             =======      =======      =======      =======     =======      =======     =======

 Weighted average yield ....................    5.13%        6.47%        8.30%       8.00%         ---%        6.61%
</TABLE>


         Mortgage-Backed  Securities. In order to supplement loan production and
achieve   its   asset/liability   management   goals,   the  Bank   invests   in
mortgage-backed  securities.  All of the mortgage-backed securities owned by the
Bank are  issued,  insured or  guaranteed  either  directly or  indirectly  by a
federal  agency or are rated "AA" or higher.  At December 31, 1997,  Schenectady
Federal had $17.0 million of mortgage-backed  securities,  all of which are held
for investment purposes.

         Consistent with its  asset/liability  management strategy over the last
several years, a majority of the mortgage-backed securities acquired by the Bank
have had  short or  intermediate  effective  terms to  maturity  or, to a lesser
extent,  adjustable  interest  rates.  In  particular,   virtually  all  of  the
mortgage-backed  securities  purchased  by the Bank since 1992 have carried five
and seven year balloon terms.
<PAGE>
                     The following table sets forth the  contractual  maturities
of the Bank's mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           December 31, 1997
                                      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                      Less Than      1 to 5      5 to 10      10 to 20       Over        Total Mortgage-Backed
                                        1 Year       Years        Years         Years       20 Years           Securities
                                      --------       ------      -------      ---------    ---------   ------------------------ 
                                        Book         Book         Book         Book         Book        Book         Market
                                        Value        Value        Value        Value        Value       Value        Value
                                       -------      -------      -------      -------      -------      -------     -------
                                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                    <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Mortgage Backed Securities
  Held for Investment:
 Government National Mortgage
   Association .....................   $     2      $  --        $   180      $ 1,867      $  --        $ 2,049     $ 2,197
 Federal National Mortgage
   Association .....................      --          2,826         --             98        1,533        4,457       4,465
 Federal Home Loan Mortgage
   Corporation .....................     2,123        6,743         --            402        1,192       10,460      10,414
                                       -------      -------      -------      -------      -------      -------     -------
Total mortgage-backed
 securities ........................   $ 2,125      $ 9,569      $   180      $ 2,367      $ 2,725      $16,966     $17,076
                                       =======      =======      =======      =======      =======      =======     =======

Weighted average yield .............      5.23%        6.03%        7.47%        8.82%        6.98%       6.49%
                                       =======      =======      =======      =======      =======     =======

</TABLE>
Sources of Funds

         General.  The Bank's  primary  sources of funds are deposits,  payments
(including  prepayments)  of  loan  principal,  interest  earned  on  loans  and
securities,  repayments  of  securities,  borrowings  and  funds  provided  from
operations.

         Deposits.  Schenectady  Federal  offers a variety of deposits  accounts
having a wide range of interest rates and terms.  The Bank's deposits consist of
passbook,  NOW,  money  market,  noninterest  bearing  checking and  certificate
accounts. The Bank relies primarily on competitive pricing policies and customer
service to attract and retain these deposits.

         The variety of deposit  accounts  offered by the Bank has allowed it to
be competitive in obtaining funds and to respond with  flexibility to changes in
consumer demand. As customers have become more interest rate conscious, the Bank
has become more  susceptible to short-term  fluctuations  in deposit flows.  The
Bank  manages the pricing of its  deposits in keeping  with its  asset/liability
management, profitability and growth objectives.
<PAGE>
         Based on its experience,  the Bank believes that a substantial  portion
of its passbook and NOW accounts are  relatively  stable sources of deposits and
has used customer service and marketing initiatives in an effort to increase the
volume  of such  deposits.  However,  the  ability  of the Bank to  attract  and
maintain these  accounts (as well as certificate  accounts) has been and will be
affected by market  conditions.  Subsequent  to the 1994 fiscal  year,  the Bank
experienced a decline in the balance of non-certificate  accounts (much of which
is  believed  to have  transferred  into  certificate  accounts)  as a result of
continued interest rate increases and the rates paid on these deposits. The Bank
has been and will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions.

         The following table sets forth the savings flows at the Bank during the
periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Year Ended December 31,
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                          1997            1996            1995
                                       ----------      ---------       ---------
                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
 Opening Balance ...................   $ 140,616       $ 139,671       $ 138,299
 Deposits ..........................     249,343         237,180         231,591
 Withdrawals .......................    (246,113)       (242,412)       (236,426)
 Interest credited .................       6,623           6,177           6,207
                                       ---------       ---------       ---------

 Ending balance ....................   $ 150,469       $ 140,616       $ 139,671
                                       =========       =========       =========

 Net increase ......................   $   9,853       $     945       $   1,372
                                       =========       =========       =========

 Percent increase ..................        7.01%            .68%            .99%
                                       =========       =========       =========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
       The  following  table  sets forth the dollar  amount of  deposits  in the
various types of deposit programs offered by the Bank for the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Year Ended December 31,
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                        1997                       1996                        1995
                                                 --------------------      --------------------        -------------------- 
                                                             Percent                   Percent                     Percent
                                                 Amount      of Total       Amount     of Total        Amount      of Total
                                                 ------      --------       -----      --------        ------      --------- 
                                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                              <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>    
  Transaction and Savings Deposits:(1)

  Noninterest-bearing Checking Accounts   
  Savings Accounts 3.00%    . . . . . . .        $ 2,265        1.51%      $  1,392          .99%      $  2,077        1.49%    
  NOW Accounts 1.75%      . . . . . . . .         36,681       24.38         37,152        26.42         40,745       29.17     
  Money Market Accounts 2.60%-4.30%     .          9,163        6.09          9,104         6.47          7,913        5.67 
                                                   7,619        5.06          6,074         4.32          4,237        3.03     
                                                --------      ------       --------       ------       --------      ------     
  Total Non-Certificate Accounts  . . . .                                                                                       
                                                  55,728       37.04         53,722        38.20         54,972       39.36   
                                                --------      ------       --------       ------       --------      ------     
                                                   
  Certificates of Deposit:                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                
  3.00 -  3.99% . . . . . . . . . . . . .            ---         ---            ---          ---          1,124         .80 
  4.00 -  4.99% . . . . . . . . . . . . .            801         .53         23,244        16.53          2,691        1.93   
  5.00 -  5.99% . . . . . . . . . . . . .         84,451       56.12         50,815        36.14         51,996       37.23   
  6.00 -  6.99% . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9,489        6.31         12,835         9.13         28,119       20.13   
  7.00 -  7.99% . . . . . . . . . . . . .            ---         ---            ---          ---            618         .44   
  8.00 -  8.99% . . . . . . . . . . . . .            ---         ---            ---          ---            151         .11  
                                                --------      ------       --------       ------       --------      ------  
                                                     
  Total Certificates of  Deposit     . . .        94,741       62.96         86,894        61.80         84,699       60.64  
                                                --------      ------       --------       ------       --------      ------  
  Total Deposits  . . . . . . . . . . . .       $150,469      100.00%      $140,616       100.00%      $139,671      100.00% 
                                                ========      ======       ========       ======       ========      ======     
</TABLE>

         (1) Reflects rates paid on transaction and savings deposits at December
31, 1997.
<PAGE>
         The following table shows rate and maturity  information for the Bank's
certificates of deposit as of December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  4.00-          6.00-                         Percent
                                                  5.99%          6.99%          Total         of Total
                                                 ---------      ---------      ---------      ----------
                                                                     (In Thousands)
<S>                                               <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>
               Certificates of deposit
               maturing in quarter ending:

               March 31, 1998   . . . . . . .     $13,748         $2,835        $16,583         17.50%  
               June 30, 1998  . . . . . . . .      15,112          1,317         16,429         17.34   
               September 30, 1998  . . . . .       15,274            599         15,873         16.75   
               December 31, 1998    . . . . .      16,351             37         16,388         17.30   
               March 31, 1999   . . . . . . .       8,521            405          8,926          9.42   
               June 30, 1999  . . . . . . . .       8,636          1,519         10,155         10.72   
               September 30, 1999  . . . . .        1,740            277          2,017          2.13   
               December 31, 1999   .  . . . .         678            538          1,216          1.28   
               March 31, 2000   . . . . . . .         447            499            946          1.00   
               June 30, 2000  . . . . . . . .         476            540          1,016          1.07   
               September 30, 2000  . . . . .          308            165            473          0.50   
               December 31, 2000    . . . . .         696            116            812          0.86   
               Thereafter . . . . . . . . . .       3,265            642          3,907          4.13
                                                  -------         ------        -------        ------ 

               Total          . . . . . . . .     $85,252         $9,489        $94,741        100.00%
                                                  =======         ======        =======        ====== 

               Percent of total   . . . . . .       89.98%         10.02%
                                                  =======         ====== 
</TABLE>

         The  following  table  indicates  the amount of the Bank's  "jumbo" and
other certificates of deposit as of December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Maturity
                                                    --------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                    Over           Over
                                                     3 Months       3 to 6       6 to 12        Over
                                                     or Less        Months        Months      12 Months       Total
                                                    -------       -------       -------       -------       ------- 
                                                                             (In Thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>

 Certificates of deposit less than  $100,000         $14,718       $14,743       $29,467       $27,364       $86,292
 Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more           1,865         1,686         2,794         2,104         8,449  
                                                     -------       -------       -------       -------       ------- 

 Total certificates of deposit                       $16,583       $16,429       $32,261       $29,468       $94,741
                                                     =======       =======       =======       =======       ======= 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
         Borrowings.  Schenectady  Federal's  other  available  sources of funds
include advances from the FHLB of New York and other borrowings.  As a member of
the FHLB of New York,  the Bank is required to own capital  stock in the FHLB of
New York and is authorized to apply for advances from the FHLB of New York. Each
FHLB credit program has its own interest  rate,  which may be fixed or variable,
and range of maturities.  The FHLB of New York may prescribe the acceptable uses
for these  advances,  as well as  limitations  on the size of the  advances  and
repayment  provisions.  At  December  31,  1997,  the Bank had no FHLB  advances
outstanding.  On such date, the Bank had a collateral  pledge  arrangement  with
FHLB of New York  pursuant to which the Bank may borrow up to $52.3  million for
liquidity purposes.

         During the fiscal years ended  December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Bank had
average FHLB advances or other  borrowings  outstanding  totaling  approximately
$16,000 and $1,000, respectively. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994
the Bank had no FHLB advances or other borrowings.

Competition

         Schenectady  Federal faces strong  competition both in originating real
estate loans and in attracting deposits.  Competition in originating loans comes
primarily  from  mortgage  bankers,  commercial  banks  which  have  received  a
reduction  in  deposit  insurance  premiums,  credit  unions  and other  savings
institutions, which also make loans secured by real estate located in the Bank's
market  area.  The Bank  competes  for  loans  principally  on the  basis of the
interest  rates and loan fees it charges,  the types of loans it originates  and
the quality of services it provides to borrowers.

         Competition  for deposits is  principally  from money market and mutual
funds,  securities  firms,  commercial  banks,  credit  unions and other savings
institutions located in the same communities. The ability of the Bank to attract
and retain deposits depends on its ability to provide an investment  opportunity
that satisfies the  requirements  of investors as to rate of return,  liquidity,
risk,  convenient  locations  and other  factors.  The Bank  competes  for these
deposits  by  offering a variety  of  deposit  accounts  at  competitive  rates,
convenient business hours and a customer oriented staff.

Employees

         At  December  31,  1997,  the Bank had a total  of 54  full-time  and 6
part-time  employees.  None  of the  Bank's  employees  are  represented  by any
collective bargaining. Management considers its employee relations to be good.

Subsidiary Activities

         As a  federally  chartered  savings and loan  association,  Schenectady
Federal is permitted by OTS  regulations to invest up to 2% of its assets in the
stock of, or loans  to,  service  corporation  subsidiaries,  and may  invest an
additional 1% of its assets in service  corporations where such additional funds
are used for inner-city or community  development purposes. At December 31, 1997
Schenectady  Federal's  investment in its service corporation totaled $7,000. In
addition  to  investments  in service  corporations,  federal  institutions  are
permitted to invest an unlimited amount in operating subsidiaries engaged solely
in activities which a federal savings association may engage in directly.
<PAGE>
         At December 31, 1997,  Schenectady Federal had one wholly owned service
corporation, SSLA Services Corp. ("SSLA"). The corporation was formed in 1983 to
sell insurance products.  In 1994, SSLA was authorized to sell mutual funds. For
the year ended December 31, 1997,  SSLA sold mutual funds totaling  $275,000 and
annuities totaling $793,000.  No assurance can be made that a material amount of
mutual fund and/or  annuity sales will occur in the future.  For the fiscal year
ended  December  31,  1997,  SSLA had a net loss of $9,000.  For the fiscal year
ending  December  31, 1996,  SSLA had net income of $8,000.  For the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1995, SSLA had a net loss of $10,000.


                                   REGULATION

General

         Schenectady  Federal is currently a federally  chartered  savings bank,
the  deposits  of which are  federally  insured and backed by the full faith and
credit of the United  States  Government.  Accordingly,  Schenectady  Federal is
subject  to  broad  federal  regulation  and  oversight  extending  to  all  its
operations.  Schenectady  Federal  is a  member  of the  FHLB of New York and is
subject to certain  limited  regulation  by the Federal  Reserve  Board.  As the
savings and loan holding  company of Schenectady  Federal,  the Holding  Company
also is  subject  to  federal  regulation  and  oversight.  The  purpose  of the
regulation  of the Holding  Company and other  holding  companies  is to protect
subsidiary  savings  bank.  Schenectady  Federal is a member of the SAIF and the
deposits of Schenectady  Federal are insured by the FDIC. As a result,  the FDIC
has certain regulatory and examination authority over Schenectady Federal.

         Certain of these regulatory requirements and restrictions are discussed
below or elsewhere in this document.

Federal Regulation of Savings Banks

         The OTS has extensive  authority  over the operations of savings banks.
As part of this  authority,  Schenectady  Federal is required  to file  periodic
reports with the OTS and is subject to periodic  examinations by the OTS and the
FDIC.  The  last  regular  OTS  examination  of  Schenectady  Federal  was as of
September 1996. Under agency  scheduling  guidelines,  it is likely that another
examination  will be initiated in the near future.  When these  examinations are
conducted by the OTS and the FDIC, the examiners may require Schenectady Federal
to provide for higher general or specific loan loss reserves.  All savings banks
are subject to a  semi-annual  assessment,  based upon the savings  bank's total
assets, to fund the operations of the OTS. Schenectady  Federal's OTS assessment
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 was $50,000.

         The OTS also  has  extensive  enforcement  authority  over all  savings
institutions and their holding companies,  including Schenectady Federal and the
Holding Company.  This enforcement  authority includes,  among other things, the
ability to assess civil money penalties,  to issue  cease-and-desist  or removal
orders and to initiate injunctive actions. In general, these enforcement actions
may be initiated for  violations of laws and  regulations  and unsafe or unsound
practices.  Other  actions or  inactions  may provide the basis for  enforcement
action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with the OTS.
Except under  certain  circumstances,  public  disclosure  of final  enforcement
actions by the OTS is required.
<PAGE>
         In  addition,  the  investment,  lending  and  branching  authority  of
Schenectady  Federal is  prescribed by federal laws and  regulations,  and it is
prohibited  from  engaging  in any  activities  not  permitted  by such laws and
regulations.  For instance,  no savings institution may invest in non-investment
grade  corporate  debt  securities.   In  addition,  the  permissible  level  of
investment by federal  savings banks in loans  secured by  non-residential  real
property may not exceed 400% of total capital,  except with approval of the OTS.
Federal savings banks are also generally authorized to branch nationwide.
Schenectady Federal is in compliance with the noted restrictions.

         Schenectady   Federal's   general   permissible   lending   limit   for
loans-to-one-borrower  is equal to the greater of $500,000 or 15% of  unimpaired
capital  and  surplus  (except  for  loans  fully  secured  by  certain  readily
marketable  collateral,  in  which  case  this  limit  is  increased  to  25% of
unimpaired  capital and surplus).  At December 31, 1997,  Schenectady  Federal's
lending limit under this restriction was $2.8 million. Schenectady Federal is in
compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitation.

         The OTS, as well as the other  federal  banking  agencies,  has adopted
guidelines  establishing  safety and soundness standards on matters such as loan
underwriting and  documentation,  internal controls and audit systems,  interest
rate risk exposure and compensation and other employee benefits. Any institution
which fails to comply with these  standards  must submit a  compliance  plan.  A
failure to submit a plan or to comply  with an  approved  plan will  subject the
institution to further  enforcement  action.  The OTS and other federal  banking
agencies have also proposed additional  guidelines on asset quality and earnings
standards.  No  assurance  can be given as whether or in what form the  proposed
regulations will be adopted.

Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC

         Schenectady  Federal is a member of the SAIF,  which is administered by
the FDIC.  Deposits  are  insured up to  applicable  limits by the FDIC and such
insurance  is  backed  by  the  full  faith  and  credit  of the  United  States
Government.  As insurer,  the FDIC  imposes  deposit  insurance  premiums and is
authorized to conduct  examinations of and to require  reporting by FDIC-insured
institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in
any activity the FDIC  determines  by regulation or order to pose a serious risk
to the FDIC.  The FDIC also has the  authority to initiate  enforcement  actions
against savings  institutions,  after giving the OTS an opportunity to take such
action,  and may  terminate  the deposit  insurance  if it  determines  that the
institution  has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound  practices or is in
an unsafe or unsound condition.

         The FDIC's deposit insurance premiums are assessed through a risk-based
system,  under which all insured depository  institutions are placed into one of
nine  categories  and assessed  insurance  premiums,  ranging from 0% to .31% of
deposits,  based upon their level of capital and supervisory  evaluation.  Under
the system,  institutions  classified as well capitalized  (i.e., a core capital
ratio of at least 5%, a ratio of Tier 1 or core capital to risk-weighted  assets
("Tier 1 risk-based  capital") of at least 6% and a risk-based  capital ratio of
at least 10%) and considered  healthy pay the lowest premium while  institutions
that are less  than  adequately  capitalized  (i.e.,  core or Tier 1  risk-based
capital  ratios of less than 4% or a risk-based  capital  ratio of less than 8%)
and considered of substantial  supervisory concern pay the highest premium. Risk
classification  of all  insured  institutions  will be made by the FDIC for each
semi-annual assessment period.
<PAGE>
         The FDIC is authorized to increase  assessment  rates,  on a semiannual
basis, if it determines that the reserve ratio of the SAIF will be less than the
designated  reserve  ratio of 1.25% of SAIF insured  deposits.  In setting these
increased  assessments,  the FDIC must seek to restore the reserve ratio to that
designated  reserve  level,  or such higher  reserve ratio as established by the
FDIC.  The FDIC may also impose  special  assessments  on SAIF  members to repay
amounts  borrowed from the United States Treasury or for any other reason deemed
necessary by the FDIC.

         Prior to the enactment of legislation, a portion of the SAIF assessment
imposed  on  savings  institutions  was used to repay  obligations  issued  by a
federally chartered  corporation to provide financing ("FICO") for resolving the
thrift  crisis  in the  1980s.  Although  the  FDIC has  proposed  that the SAIF
assessment be equalized with the BIF assessment  schedule,  effective October 1,
1996, SAIF-insured institutions will continue to be subject to a FICO assessment
as a  result  of this  continuing  obligation.  Although  legislation  also  now
requires  assessments  to be made on  BIF-assessable  deposits for this purpose,
effective  January  1,  1997,  that  assessment  was  limited to 20% of the rate
imposed on SAIF  assessable  deposits  until the earlier of December 31, 1999 or
when no  savings  institution  continues  to exist,  thereby  imposing a greater
burden on SAIF member  institutions  such as  Schenectady  Federal.  Thereafter,
however,  assessments on BIF-member  institutions will be made on the same basis
as  SAIF-member  institutions.  The  rates  to be  established  by the  FDIC  to
implement this  requirement  for all  FDIC-insured  institutions is uncertain at
this time, but are anticipated to be about a 6.5 basis points assessment on SAIF
deposits  and 1.5 basis points on BIF  deposits  until BIF insured  institutions
participate fully in the assessment.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

         Federally  insured  savings  banks,  such as Schenectady  Federal,  are
required  to  maintain  a  minimum  level  of  regulatory  capital.  The OTS has
established  capital  standards,  including a tangible  capital  requirement,  a
leverage  ratio  (or  core  capital)   requirement  and  a  risk-based   capital
requirement applicable to such savings institutions.  These capital requirements
must be  generally  as  stringent as the  comparable  capital  requirements  for
national  banks.  The OTS is also  authorized to impose capital  requirements in
excess of these standards on individual institutions on a case-by-case basis.

         The capital  regulations  require  tangible capital of at least 1.5% of
adjusted total assets (as defined by  regulation).  Tangible  capital  generally
includes   common   stockholders'   equity  and  retained   income  and  certain
noncumulative  perpetual  preferred stock and retained income. In addition,  all
intangible  assets,  other than a limited amount of purchased mortgage servicing
rights,  must be deducted from tangible capital for calculating  compliance with
the  requirement.  At December 31, 1997,  Schenectady  Federal had no intangible
assets which were required to be deducted from tangible capital.

         The OTS regulations establish special  capitalization  requirements for
savings institutions that own subsidiaries.  In determining  compliance with the
capital requirements,  all subsidiaries engaged solely in activities permissible
for national  banks or engaged in certain other  activities  solely as agent for
its customers are  "includable"  subsidiaries  that are consolidated for capital
purposes in proportion to the institution's  level of ownership.  For excludable
subsidiaries the debt and equity  investments in such  subsidiaries are deducted
from assets and capital.  The subsidiaries of Schenectady Federal are includable
subsidiaries.
<PAGE>
         At December 31, 1997, Schenectady Federal had tangible capital of $19.0
million,  or 10.88% of  adjusted  total  assets,  which is  approximately  $16.4
million above the minimum requirement of 1.5% of adjusted total assets in effect
on that date.

         The capital  standards also require core capital equal to at least 3.0%
of adjusted  total assets (as defined by  regulation).  Core  capital  generally
consists of tangible capital plus certain intangible assets, including a limited
amount  of  purchased  credit  card  relationships.  As a result  of the  prompt
corrective  action  provisions of FDICIA  discussed  below,  however,  a savings
institution must maintain a core capital ratio of at least 4.0% to be considered
adequately  capitalized unless its supervisory  condition is such to allow it to
maintain  a 3.0%  ratio.  At  December  31,  1997,  Schenectady  Federal  had no
intangibles which were subject to these tests.
   
         At December 31,  1997,  Schenectady  Federal had core capital  equal to
$19.0 million, or 10.88% of adjusted total assets,  which is $13.7 million above
the minimum leverage ratio requirement of 3.0% as in effect on that date.

         The OTS risk-based  requirement  requires savings  institutions to have
total capital of at least 8% of risk-weighted  assets. Total capital consists of
core capital, as defined above, and supplementary capital. Supplementary capital
consists of certain  permanent  and  maturing  capital  instruments  that do not
qualify as core capital and general  valuation loan and lease loss allowances up
to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Supplementary capital may be used
to satisfy the risk-based  requirement  only to the extent of core capital.  The
OTS is  also  authorized  to  require  a  savings  institution  to  maintain  an
additional  amount of total capital to account for  concentration of credit risk
and the risk of non-traditional  activities.  At December 31, 1997,  Schenectady
Federal had  $778,000  of general  loss  reserves,  which was less than 1.25% of
risk-weighted assets and was included in capital.

         Certain  exclusions from capital and assets are required to be made for
the purpose of calculating  total  capital.  Such  exclusions  consist of equity
investments  (as  defined  by  regulation)  and that  portion  of land loans and
nonresidential  construction  loans in excess of an 80% loan-to-value  ratio and
reciprocal holdings of qualifying capital  instruments.  Schenectady Federal had
no such exclusions from capital and assets at December 31, 1997.

         In  determining  the  amount  of  risk-weighted   assets,  all  assets,
including certain  off-balance sheet items, will be multiplied by a risk weight,
ranging from 0% to 100%,  based on the risk  inherent in the type of asset.  For
example,  the OTS has assigned a risk weight of 50% for  prudently  underwritten
permanent  one- to  four-family  first lien mortgage loans not more than 90 days
delinquent  and having a loan to value ratio of not more than 80% at origination
unless insured to such ratio by an insurer approved by the FNMA or the FHLMC.

         The  OTS  has  adopted  a  final  rule  that  requires   every  savings
institution with more than normal interest rate risk exposure to deduct from its
total capital, for purposes of determining compliance with such requirement,  an
amount equal to 50% of its interest-rate risk exposure multiplied by the present
value of its assets.  This exposure is a measure of the potential decline in the
net  portfolio  value of a savings  institution,  greater than 2% of the present
value of its  assets,  based upon a  hypothetical  200 basis  point  increase or
decrease  in  interest  rates  (whichever  results  in a greater  decline).  Net
portfolio  value is the  present  value of  expected  cash  flows  from  assets,
<PAGE>
liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. The rule provides for a two quarter
lag between  calculating  interest rate risk and  recognizing any deduction from
capital.  The rule will not become effective until the OTS evaluates the process
by which  savings  institutions  may  appeal an  interest  rate  risk  deduction
determination.  It is  uncertain  when this  evaluation  may be  completed.  Any
savings  institution  with less than $300 million in assets and a total  capital
ratio in excess of 12% is exempt from this requirement unless the OTS determines
otherwise.

         On December 31, 1997,  Schenectady  Federal had total  capital of $19.8
million  (including  $19.0  million in core capital and  $778,000 in  qualifying
supplementary  capital)  and  risk-weighted  assets of $93.4  million;  or total
capital of 21.2% of  risk-weighted  assets.  This amount was $12.3 million above
the 8.0% requirement in effect on that date.

         The OTS and the FDIC are authorized  and,  under certain  circumstances
required, to take certain actions against savings institutions that fail to meet
capital  requirements.  The OTS is generally required to take action to restrict
the activities of an "undercapitalized association" (generally defined to be one
with less than either a 4% core ratio, a 4% Tier 1 risked-based capital ratio or
an 8% risk-based  capital  ratio).  Any such  institution  must submit a capital
restoration plan and until such plan is approved by the OTS may not increase its
assets,  acquire  another  institution,  establish a branch or engage in any new
activities,  and  generally  may  not  make  capital  distributions.  The OTS is
authorized  to  impose  the  additional  restrictions  that  are  applicable  to
significantly undercapitalized institutions.

         As a condition to the  approval of the capital  restoration  plan,  any
company  controlling  an  undercapitalized  institution  must agree that it will
enter  into  a  limited  capital  maintenance  guarantee  with  respect  to  the
institution's achievement of its capital requirements.

         Any savings  institution  that fails to comply with its capital plan or
is  "significantly  undercapitalized"  (i.e.,  Tier 1 risk-based or core capital
ratios of less than 3% or a  risk-based  capital  ratio of less than 6%) must be
made  subject  to one or more of  additional  specified  actions  and  operating
restrictions  which may cover all aspects of its operations and include a forced
merger  or  acquisition  of  the   institution.   An  institution  that  becomes
"critically  undercapitalized" (i.e., a tangible capital ratio of 2% or less) is
subject to further mandatory restrictions on its activities in addition to those
applicable to significantly  undercapitalized institutions. In addition, the OTS
must appoint a receiver (or conservator  with the concurrence of the FDIC) for a
savings  institution,  with certain limited exceptions,  within 90 days after it
becomes critically  undercapitalized.  Any undercapitalized  institution is also
subject to the general enforcement  authority of the OTS and the FDIC, including
the appointment of a conservator or a receiver.

         The OTS is also generally  authorized to reclassify an institution into
a lower capital category and impose the restrictions applicable to such category
if the institution is engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices or is in an unsafe
or unsound condition.
<PAGE>
         The  imposition  by the OTS or the  FDIC of any of  these  measures  on
Schenectady  Federal  may  have a  substantial  adverse  effect  on  Schenectady
Federal's operations and profitability. Holding Company shareholders do not have
preemptive  rights,  and therefore if the Holding Company is directed by the OTS
or the FDIC to issue additional shares of Common Stock, such issuance may result
in the dilution in the percentage of ownership of the Holding Company.

            Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions

         OTS  regulations   impose  various   restrictions  or  requirements  on
institutions  with  respect  to their  ability  to pay  dividends  or make other
distributions  of  capital  which  include   dividends,   stock  redemptions  or
repurchases  cash-out  mergers  and other  transactions  charged to the  capital
account.  OTS regulations  prohibit an institution  from declaring or paying any
dividends or from repurchasing any of its stock if, as a result,  the regulatory
capital of the  institution  would be reduced  below the amount  required  to be
maintained for the liquidation account established in connection with its mutual
to stock conversion.

         Generally,  savings banks, such as Schenectady Federal, that before and
after the  proposed  distribution  meet  their  capital  requirements,  may make
capital  distributions  during any calendar year equal to the greater of 100% of
net  income for the  year-to-date  plus 50% of the amount by which the lesser of
the  institution's  tangible,  core or  risk-based  capital  exceeds its capital
requirement  for such  capital  component,  as measured at the  beginning of the
calendar year, or 75% of its net income for the most recent four quarter period.
However,  an institution deemed to be in need of more than normal supervision by
the OTS may have  its  dividend  authority  restricted  by the OTS.  Schenectady
Federal may pay dividends in accordance with this general authority.

         The OTS has proposed  regulations that would revise the current capital
distribution  restrictions.  Under the proposal a savings institution may make a
capital  distribution  without notice to the OTS (unless it is a subsidiary of a
holding  company)  provided  that  it  has a  CAMEL  1 or 2  rating,  is  not of
supervisory  concern  (as defined by  regulation)  and would  remain  adequately
capitalized  (as  defined  in the  OTS  prompt  corrective  action  regulations)
following the proposed distribution.  Savings banks that would remain adequately
capitalized  following the proposed distribution but do not meet the other noted
requirements  must  notify  the  OTS  30  days  prior  to  declaring  a  capital
distribution. The OTS stated it will generally regard as permissible that amount
of capital  distributions  that do not exceed  50% of the  institution's  excess
regulatory  capital plus net income to date during the calendar  year. A savings
institution  may not make a capital  distribution  without prior approval of the
OTS and the FDIC if it is  undercapitalized  before,  or as a result of,  such a
distribution.  As under  the  current  rule,  the OTS may  object  to a  capital
distribution if it would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.  No assurance
may be given as to whether or in what form the regulations may be adopted.

         Savings  institutions  proposing to make any capital  distribution need
only  submit  written  notice  to the OTS 30 days  prior  to such  distribution.
Savings  institutions  that do not,  or would  not meet  their  current  minimum
capital requirements  following a proposed capital  distribution,  however, must
obtain OTS approval prior to making such distribution. The OTS may object to the
distribution  during  the 30-day  notice  period  based on safety and  soundness
concerns. See "Regulatory Capital Requirements."
<PAGE>
Liquidity

         All savings  banks,  including  Schenectady  Federal,  are  required to
maintain an average daily balance of liquid assets equal to a certain percentage
of the sum of its average daily balance of net withdrawable deposit accounts and
borrowings  payable in one year or less.  For a discussion  of what  Schenectady
Federal includes in liquid assets, see "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition and Results of Operation  Liquidity and Capital Resources."
This liquid asset ratio  requirement  may vary from time to time (between 4% and
10%)  depending  upon  economic  conditions  and  savings  flows of all  savings
institutions. At the present time, the minimum liquid asset ratio is 4%. For the
year ended December 31, 1997,  Schenectady  Federal was in compliance  with this
requirement, with an overall average daily liquid asset ratio of 19.7%.

Accounting

         An  OTS  policy  statement   applicable  to  all  savings  institutions
clarifies  and  re-emphasizes  that  the  investment  activities  of  a  savings
institutions  must be in  compliance  with  approved and  documented  investment
policies and  strategies,  and must be accounted  for in  accordance  with GAAP.
Under the policy  statement,  management must support its  classification of and
accounting for loans and securities (i.e., whether held for investment,  sale or
trading) with appropriate  documentation.  Schenectady  Federal is in compliance
with these amended rules.

         The OTS has adopted an amendment to its accounting  regulations,  which
may be made more stringent than GAAP by the OTS, to require that transactions be
reported in a manner that best reflects their underlying  economic substance and
inherent risk and that financial  reports must  incorporate any other accounting
regulations or orders prescribed by the OTS.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test

         All savings banks,  including Schenectady Federal, are required to meet
a qualified  thrift lender ("QTL") test to avoid certain  restrictions  on their
operations. This test requires a savings institution to have at least 65% of its
portfolio assets (as defined by regulation) in qualified thrift investments on a
monthly average for nine out of every 12 months on a rolling basis.  Such assets
primarily  consist of  residential  housing  related loans and  investments.  At
December 31, 1997,  Schenectady Federal met the test and has always met the test
since its effectiveness.

         Any savings institution that fails to meet the QTL test must convert to
a national bank charter, unless it requalifies as a QTL and thereafter remains a
QTL. If an  institution  does not  requalify  and  converts  to a national  bank
charter,  it must remain  SAIF-insured  until the FDIC permits it to transfer to
the Bank  Insurance  Fund. If such an  institution  has not yet  requalified  or
converted to a national bank, its new  investments and activities are limited to
those permissible for both a savings  institution and a national bank, and it is
limited to national bank branching  rights in its home state.  In addition,  the
institution is immediately  ineligible to receive any new FHLB borrowings and is
subject to national  bank limits for payment of dividends.  If such  institution
has not requalified or converted to a national bank within three years after the
failure,  it must  divest  of all  investments  and  cease  all  activities  not
permissible  for a  national  bank.  In  addition,  it must repay  promptly  any
outstanding FHLB borrowings,  which may result in prepayment  penalties.  If any
institution  that fails the QTL test is  controlled by a holding  company,  then
within one year after the failure,  the holding  company must register as a bank
holding  company  and  become  subject  to  all  restrictions  on  bank  holding
companies. See "Holding Company Regulation."
<PAGE>
Community Reinvestment Act

         Under the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  ("CRA"),  every  FDIC  insured
institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and
sound banking  practices to help meet the credit needs of its entire  community,
including  low and moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not  establish
specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it
limit an institution's  discretion to develop the types of products and services
that it believes are best suited to its particular  community,  consistent  with
the CRA.  The CRA  requires  the OTS,  in  connection  with the  examination  of
Schenectady  Federal,  to assess the institution's  record of meeting the credit
needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of
certain applications,  such as a merger or the establishment of a branch, by the
Bank.  An  unsatisfactory  rating  may be used as the basis for the denial of an
application by the OTS.

         The federal banking agencies,  including the OTS, have recently revised
the CRA  regulations  and  the  methodology  for  determining  an  institution's
compliance with the CRA. Due to the heightened  attention being given to the CRA
in the past few years,  the Bank may be required to devote  additional funds for
investment  and lending in its local  community.  The Bank was  examined for CRA
compliance in September 1997 and received a rating of satisfactory.

Transactions with Affiliates

         Generally,   transactions   between  a  savings   institutions  or  its
subsidiaries  and its affiliates are required to be on terms as favorable to the
institution as transactions with non-affiliates.  In addition,  certain of these
transactions,  such as loans to an affiliate,  are restricted to a percentage of
the institution's capital. Affiliates of Schenectady Federal include the Holding
Company and any company which is under common control with Schenectady  Federal.
In addition,  a savings  institution  may not lend to any  affiliate  engaged in
activities not  permissible for a bank holding company or acquire the securities
of  most  affiliates.   Schenectady   Federal's   subsidiaries  are  not  deemed
affiliates, however; the OTS has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of savings
institutions as affiliates on a case by case basis.

         Certain  transactions with directors,  officers or controlling  persons
are also subject to conflict of interest  regulations enforced by the OTS. These
conflict of interest  regulations and other statutes also impose restrictions on
loans to such persons and their  related  interests.  Among other  things,  such
loans must be made on terms  substantially the same as for loans to unaffiliated
individuals.

Holding Company Regulation

         The  Holding  Company is a unitary  savings  and loan  holding  company
subject to  regulatory  oversight  by the OTS. As such,  the Holding  Company is
required  to  register  and  file  reports  and is  subject  to  regulation  and
examination by the OTS. In addition,  the OTS has enforcement authority over the
Holding Company and its non-savings association  subsidiaries which also permits
the OTS to restrict or prohibit  activities  that are determined to be a serious
risk to the subsidiary savings institutions.
<PAGE>
         As a unitary  savings and loan  holding  company,  the Holding  Company
generally  is not  subject to  activity  restrictions.  If the  Holding  Company
acquires  control of another savings  institution as a separate  subsidiary,  it
would become a multiple savings and loan holding company,  and the activities of
the Holding Company and any of its subsidiaries  (other than Schenectady Federal
or any other  SAIF-insured  savings  association)  would become  subject to such
restrictions  unless  such  other  associations  each  qualify as a QTL and were
acquired in a supervisory acquisition.

         If  Schenectady  Federal fails the QTL test,  the Holding  Company must
obtain the approval of the OTS prior to continuing after such failure,  directly
or  through  its other  subsidiaries,  any  business  activity  other than those
approved for multiple savings and loan holding companies or their  subsidiaries.
In addition,  within one year of such failure the Holding  Company must register
as, and will become  subject to, the  restrictions  applicable  to bank  holding
companies. The activities authorized for a bank holding company are more limited
than are the activities  authorized  for a unitary or multiple  savings and loan
holding company. See "Qualified Thrift Lender Test."

         The Holding Company must obtain approval from the OTS before  acquiring
control of any other SAIF-insured  institution.  Such acquisitions are generally
prohibited  if they  result  in a  multiple  savings  and loan  holding  company
controlling  savings  associations  in  more  than  one  state.   However,  such
interstate  acquisitions are permitted based on specific state  authorization or
in a supervisory acquisition of a failing savings institution.

Federal Securities Law

         The stock of the Holding  Company is registered  with the SEC under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act").  The Holding
Company is subject  to the  information,  proxy  solicitation,  insider  trading
restrictions and other requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

         Holding  Company  stock held by persons who are  affiliates  (generally
officers,  directors and principal  stockholders) of the Holding Company may not
be resold without  registration or unless sold in accordance with certain resale
restrictions.  If the Holding Company meets specified current public information
requirements,  each  affiliate  of the  Holding  Company  is able to sell in the
public  market,  without  registration,  a  limited  number  of  shares  in  any
three-month period.

Federal Reserve System

         The Federal  Reserve  Board  requires all  depository  institutions  to
maintain  non-interest  bearing  reserves  at  specified  levels  against  their
transaction accounts (primarily checking,  NOW and Super NOW checking accounts).
At December 31, 1997,  Schenectady  Federal was in compliance with these reserve
requirements.  The balances maintained to meet the reserve  requirements imposed
by the Federal Reserve Board may be used to satisfy liquidity  requirements that
may be imposed by the OTS. See " Liquidity."

         Savings  institutions are authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve
Bank  "discount   window,"  but  Federal  Reserve  Board   regulations   require
institutions to exhaust other reasonable alternative sources of funds, including
FHLB borrowings, before borrowing from the Federal Reserve Bank.
<PAGE>
Federal Home Loan Bank System

         Schenectady  Federal is a member of the FHLB of New York,  which is one
of 12 regional FHLBs,  that  administers  the home financing  credit function of
savings  institutions.  Each FHLB  serves as a reserve or  central  bank for its
members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from proceeds derived
from the sale of consolidated  obligations of the FHLB System. It makes loans to
members (i.e.,  advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established
by the board of directors of the FHLB, which are subject to the oversight of the
Federal  Housing  Finance  Board.  All advances from the FHLB are required to be
fully secured by  sufficient  collateral as determined by the FHLB. In addition,
all  long-term  advances  are  required to provide  funds for  residential  home
financing.

         As a member,  Schenectady  Federal is required to purchase and maintain
stock in the FHLB of New York.  At December  31, 1997,  Schenectady  Federal had
$1.3 million in FHLB stock,  which was in compliance with this  requirement.  In
past years,  Schenectady Federal has received substantial  dividends on its FHLB
stock.  Over the past five calendar  years such dividends have averaged 7.4% and
were 6.6% in 1997. For the year ended  December 31, 1997,  dividends paid by the
FHLB of New York to Schenectady  Federal  totaled  $87,000,  which  constitute a
$9,000  increase  from the amount of  dividends  received  in 1996.  The $24,000
dividend received for the quarter ended December 31, 1997 reflects an annualized
rate of 7.05%.

         Under  federal  law the FHLBs are  required  to  provide  funds for the
resolution  of  troubled  savings  institutions  and to  contribute  to low- and
moderately priced housing programs through direct loans or interest subsidies on
advances targeted for community investment and low- and moderate-income  housing
projects.  These  contributions  have  affected  adversely  the  level  of  FHLB
dividends  paid and could continue to do so in the future.  These  contributions
could also have an adverse  effect on the value of FHLB stock in the  future.  A
reduction  in  value  of  Schenectady  Federal's  FHLB  stock  may  result  in a
corresponding reduction in Schenectady Federal's capital.

Federal and State Taxation

         Federal  Taxation.  Savings  institutions  such as the Bank  that  meet
certain  definitional  tests  relating  to the  composition  of assets and other
conditions  prescribed  by the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the
"Code"),  are  permitted to establish  reserves for bad debts and to make annual
additions  thereto which may, within  specified  formula  limits,  be taken as a
deduction in  computing  taxable  income for federal  income tax  purposes.  The
amount of the bad debt  reserve  deduction  is  computed  under  the  experience
method. Under the experience method, the bad debt reserve deduction is an amount
determined under a formula based generally upon the bad debts actually sustained
by the savings institution over a period of years.
<PAGE>
         In August 1996, federal legislation was enacted that changed the manner
in which the bad debt deduction is calculated by thrift institutions,  including
the Bank.  Formerly the Bank had been allowed to calculate its  deduction  under
the  experience or percentage  of taxable  income  methods and deduct the higher
amount.  The percentage of taxable income method was repealed  effective for the
1996 tax year. The legislation  effectively  requires thrifts to account for bad
debts for federal income tax purposes on the same basis as commercial  banks for
tax years beginning after December 31, 1995.

         In addition to the regular income tax, corporations,  including savings
associations such as the Bank,  generally are subject to an alternative  minimum
tax.  An  alternative  minimum  tax is imposed  at a minimum  tax rate of 20% on
alternative minimum taxable income, which is the sum of a corporation's  regular
taxable income (with certain  adjustments)  and tax preference  items,  less any
available  exemption.  The  alternative  minimum tax is imposed to the extent it
exceeds the corporation's regular income tax and net operating losses can offset
no more than 90% of  alternative  minimum  taxable  income.  For  taxable  years
beginning  after  1986  and  before  1996,   corporations,   including   savings
institutions  such as the Bank, were also subject to an environmental  tax equal
to 0.12% of the excess of  alternative  minimum  taxable  income for the taxable
year  (determined  without regard to net operating  losses and the deduction for
the environmental tax) over $2 million.

         To  the  extent  prior  years  earnings   appropriated   to  a  savings
association's  bad debt  reserves  for  "qualifying  real  property  loans"  and
deducted for federal  income tax purposes  exceed the  allowable  amount of such
reserves  computed  under  the  experience  method  and  to  the  extent  of the
association's supplemental reserves for losses on loans ("Excess"),  such Excess
may not, without adverse tax  consequences,  be utilized for the payment of cash
dividends or other  distributions to a shareholder  (including  distributions on
redemption,  dissolution  or  liquidation)  or for any other purpose  (except to
absorb bad debt  losses).  As of December  31, 1997,  the Bank's  Excess for tax
purposes totaled approximately $4.6 million.

         The Bank and its  subsidiaries  file  consolidated  federal  income tax
returns on a fiscal  year basis  using the  accrual  method of  accounting.  The
Holding Company intends to file consolidated federal income tax returns with the
Bank and its subsidiaries.

         The Bank and its consolidated subsidiaries have been audited by the IRS
with respect to  consolidated  federal income tax returns  through  December 31,
1985.  With respect to years examined by the IRS, either all  deficiencies  have
been satisfied or sufficient  reserves have been established to satisfy asserted
deficiencies.  In the  opinion  of  management,  any  examination  of still open
returns  (including  returns of subsidiaries  and  predecessors  of, or entities
merged  into,  the Bank)  would not result in a  deficiency  which  could have a
material  adverse  effect  on the  financial  condition  of  the  Bank  and  its
consolidated subsidiaries.

         New York Taxation.  The Bank and its  subsidiaries  that operate in New
York are subject to New York state taxation. The Bank is subject to the New York
State  Franchise  Tax on Banking  Corporations  in an annual amount equal to the
greater of (i) 9% of the Bank's "entire net income"  allocable to New York State
during the taxable year,  or (ii) the  applicable  alternative  minimum tax. The
alternative  minimum tax is  generally  the greater of (a) 0.01% of the value of
the Bank's assets allocable to New York State with certain modifications, (b) 3%
<PAGE>
of the Bank's  "alternative  entire net income"  allocable to New York State, or
(c) $250.  Entire net income is similar to federal  taxable  income,  subject to
certain  modifications  (including the fact that net operating  losses cannot be
carried back or carried  forward) and alternative  entire net income is equal to
entire net income without certain modifications.

      Delaware Taxation.  As a Delaware holding company,  the Holding Company is
 exempted from Delaware  corporate  income tax but is required to file an annual
 report with and pay an annual fee to the State of Delaware. The Holding Company
 is also subject to an annual franchise tax imposed by the State of Delaware.

Executive Officers of the Company

         The  executive  officers of the  Company,  each of whom is currently an
executive officer of the Bank, are identified  below. The executive  officers of
the Company are elected annually by the Company's Board of Directors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

       Name                   Age(1)                 Position With Company
       ----                   ------                 ---------------------
<S>                            <C>      <C>
Joseph H. Giaquinto            58       Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

David J. Jurczynski            38       Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

Richard D. Ammian              50       Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary
</TABLE>

(1)  As of December 31, 1997

Executive Officers of the Company

    Joseph H.  Giaquinto.  Mr.  Giaquinto,  age 58, is  Chairman  of the  Board,
President and Chief Executive  Officer of the Bank and the Holding Company.  Mr.
Giaquinto began his career with Schenectady  Federal in 1961 and has served in a
variety of positions including his current positions since 1984.

         Richard D.  Ammian.  Mr.  Ammian,  age 50, is Senior Vice  President of
Administration  and Marketing and Corporate  Secretary.  In that  capacity,  Mr.
Ammian is responsible  for human  resources,  employee  benefits,  marketing and
property  management  functions of the Bank.  Mr. Ammian joined the Bank in 1978
and held  various  positions  with the Bank until his  promotion  to his current
positions in 1988.

         David J. Jurczynski.  Mr. Jurczynski, age 38, is Senior Vice President,
Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank. Mr. Jurczynski was appointed
to the position in October  1996.  From 1990 to 1996,  Mr.  Jurczynski  was Vice
President and Treasurer of Cohoes  Savings Bank.  Mr.  Jurczynski is a certified
public accountant.
<PAGE>
Item 2. Properties

    The following  table sets forth  information  concerning the main office and
each branch office of the Bank at December 31, 1997.  At December 31, 1997,  the
Bank's premises had an aggregate net book value of approximately $1.7 million.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Year             Owned or               Net Book Value
       Location                  Acquired            Leased               December 31, 1997
       --------                  --------            ------               -----------------
                                                                            (In Thousands)
<S>                                <C>                <C>                       <C>
 Main Office:
 251-263 State Street              1959               Owned                     $713
 Schenectady, New York

 Full Service Branches:
 262 Saratoga Road                 1981              Leased                     $ 15
 Scotia, New York                                    (expires 2006)

 2526-2528 Broadway                1977               Owned                     $367
 Schenectady, New York

 1624 Union Street                 1997               Owned                     $559
 Schenectady, New York
</TABLE>

         The Bank believes that its current  facilities are adequate to meet the
present and foreseeable  future needs of the Bank and the Holding  Company.  The
Bank may look to open new branches when and if the prospective  market is deemed
to provide an opportunity to the Bank.

         The Bank's  depositor and borrower  customer files are maintained by an
independent data processing  company.  The net book value of the data processing
and  computer   equipment  utilized  by  the  Bank  at  December  31,  1997  was
approximately $220,000.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

    The Holding  Company and the Bank are  involved as plaintiff or defendant in
various  legal actions  arising in the normal course of its business.  While the
ultimate outcome of these proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty,  it is
the opinion of management,  after  consultation  with counsel  representing  the
Holding  Company and the Bank in the  proceedings,  that the resolution of these
proceedings  should  not  have  a  material  effect  on  Company's  consolidated
financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Securities Holders

      No matters  were  submitted  to a vote of  security  holders,  through the
solicitation  of proxies or  otherwise,  during the quarter  ended  December 31,
1997.
<PAGE>
                                     PART II


Item 5.  Market for Common Equity and Related
              Stockholder Matters

    Page 52 of the  Company's  1997  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  is herein
incorporated by reference.


Item 6.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
              Condition and Results of Operations

    Pages 4 through 16 of the Company's  1997 Annual Report to  Stockholders  is
herein incorporated by reference.


Item 7.  Financial Statements

    The  following  information  appearing  in the  Company's  Annual  Report to
Stockholders  for the year ended December 31, 1997, is incorporated by reference
in this Annual Report on Form 10-KSB as Exhibit 13.
                                                                     Pages in
Annual Report Section                                            Annual Report
- ---------------------                                            -------------

Selected Consolidated Financial Information.....................     2 - 3

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
   and Results of Operation.....................................    4 - 16

Independent Auditors' Report....................................        17

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
   December 31, 1997 and 1996...................................        18

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years
   Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.......................        19

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
   for the Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.........        20

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
   Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.................   21 - 22

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements......................   23 - 51

         With the  exception of the  aforementioned  information,  the Company's
Annual  Report to  Stockholders  for the year ended  December 31,  1997,  is not
deemed filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-KSB.

Item 8.  Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on
              Accounting and Financial Disclosure

         There has been no  current  report  on Form 8-K filed  within 24 months
prior to the date of the most recent financial  statements reporting a change in
accountants and/or reporting disagreements on any matter of accounting principle
or financial  statement  disclosure  nor has there been a change of  accountants
within the past 24 months.
<PAGE>

                                    PART III


Item 9.   Directors, Promoters and Control Persons; Compliance With
               Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

Directors

         Information  concerning directors of the Company is incorporated herein
by  reference  from the  Company's  definitive  Proxy  Statement  for the Annual
Meeting of  Stockholders  for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, a copy of
which will be filed not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year.

Executive Officers

         Information regarding the business experience of the executive officers
of the Company and the Bank  contained in Part I of this 10-KSB is  incorporated
herein by reference.

Item 10.  Executive Compensation

         Information concerning executive compensation is incorporated herein by
reference  from the  Company's  definitive  Proxy  Statement for the fiscal year
ended  December  31, 1997, a copy of which will be filed not later than 120 days
after the close of the fiscal year.

Item 11.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

         Information  concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners
and management is incorporated herein by reference from the Company's definitive
Proxy  Statement  for the fiscal year ended  December  31, 1997, a copy of which
will be filed not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year.

Item 12.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

    Information   concerning   certain   relationships   and   transactions   is
incorporated  herein by reference from the Company's  definitive Proxy Statement
for the Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1997,  a copy of which  will be filed not later than 120 days after the close of
the fiscal year.
<PAGE>
      Item 13.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

           (a) Exhibits:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Reference to
                                                                                               Prior Filing
                                                                                                or Exhibit
              Regulation                                                                          Number
              S-B Exhibit                                                                        Attached
                Number                           Document                                         Hereto
                ------                           --------                                         ------
              
<S>                             <C>                                                                <C>
                   2            Plan of acquisition, reorganization
                                  arrangement, liquidation or succession  . . . . . . . . . .      None
                   3            Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws    . . . . . . . . . . .        *
                   4              Instruments  defining  the rights of  security
                                  holders, including indentures:
                                   Common Stock Certificate   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        *
                   9            Voting trust agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      None
                 10             Material Contracts
                 10.1              1996 Stock Option and Incentive Plan   . . . . . . . . . .      None
                 10.2              1996 Management Recognition Plan     . . . . . . . . . . .      None
                 10.3           Employment Agreement with Joseph I. Giaquinto . . . . . . . .      10.3     
                 10.4           Employment Agreement with Richard D. Ammian . . . . . . . . .      10.4
                 10.5           Employment Agreement with David J. Jurczynski . . . . . . . .      10.5
                 10.6           Severance Agreement with Michael J. Krywinski . . . . . . . .      10.6
                 10.7           Severance Agreement with William Pezzula  . . . . . . . . . .      10.7
                 10.8           Change of Control Benefit Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      10.8
                 11             Statement re: computation of per
                                  share earnings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      None
                 12             Statement re: computation of ratios . . . . . . . . . . . . .      None
                 13             Annual Report to Security Holders   . . . . . . . . . . . . .       13
                 16             Letter on change in certifying
                                  accountant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      None
                 18             Letter on change in accounting
                                  principles  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      None
                 21             Subsidiaries of Registrant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       21
                 22             Published report regarding matters
                                  submitted to vote of security         . . . . . . . . . . .      None
                 23             Consent of Experts and Counsel  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       23 
                 24             Power of Attorney   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      None
                 27             Financial Data Schedule   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      None
                 28             Information from reports furnished to
                                  state insurance regulatory authorities . . . . . . . . . . .     None
                 99             Additional exhibits   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      None
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
        * Filed as exhibits to the Company's S-1 registration statement filed on
March 17, 1995, (File  No.33-90422)  pursuant to Section 5 of the Securities Act
of 1933. All of such previously filed documents are hereby  incorporated  herein
by reference in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-B.

           (b)  Reports on Form 8-K:
                 None

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                                        SFS BANCORP, INC.



Date:  March 31, 1998                             By: /s/ Joseph H. Giaquinto
      ---------------                                 ------------------------
                                                      Joseph H. Giaquinto (Duly
                                                      Authorized Representative)


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  Report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                          <C>
By:   /s/ Joseph H. Giaquinto                                  By: /s/ John F. Assini, M.D.
      -----------------------                                      ------------------------
      Joseph H. Giaquinto, Chairman of the                         John F. Assini, M.D.
      Board, President and Chief Executive                         Vice Chairman of the Board
      Officer (Principal Executive and
      Operating Officer)


Date:   March 31, 1998                                       Date: March 31, 1998


By:   /s/ Richard A. Ammian                                    By: /s/ Gerald I. Klein
      ---------------------                                        -------------------
      Richard A. Ammian, Director                                  Gerald I. Klein, Director



Date:   March 31, 1998                                       Date:  March 31, 1998
       


By:   /s/ Robert A. Schlansker                                 By: /s/ David J. Jurczynski
      ------------------------                                     -----------------------
      Robert A. Schlansker                                         David J. Jurczynski
      Director                                                     Senior Vice President, Treasurer and
                                                                   Chief Financial Officer (Principal
                                                                   Financial and Accounting Officer)

Date:   March 31, 1998                                       Date:  March 31, 1998
        
</TABLE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as
of this 17th day of December, 1997 (the "Commencement Date"), by and between SFS
Bancorp,  Inc., a Delaware corporation having an office at 251-263 State Street,
Schenectady,  New York 12301 (which,  together with any successor  thereto which
executes  and  delivers the  assumption  agreement  provided for in Section 9(a)
hereof or which  otherwise  becomes bound by all of the terms and  provisions of
this  Agreement  by  operation  of  law,  is  hereinafter  referred  to  as  the
"Company"), and Joseph H. Giaquinto (the "Executive").

         WHEREAS, the Executive is currently serving as Chairman,  President and
Chief  Executive  Officer  of the  Company  and  Chairman,  President  and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary,  Schenectady Federal
Savings Bank (the "Bank"); and

         WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") recognizes
that, as is the case with many publicly held corporations,  the possibility of a
change in control of the  Company may exist and that such  possibility,  and the
uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management, may result in the
departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company
and its stockholders; and

         WHEREAS,  the Board believes it is in the best interests of the Company
to enter into this Agreement with the Executive in order to assure continuity of
management  of the  Company  and the Bank and to  reinforce  and  encourage  the
continued attention and dedication of the Executive to the Executive's  assigned
duties without distraction in the face of potentially  disruptive  circumstances
arising from the  possibility  of a change in control of the Company  and/or the
Bank, although no such change is now contemplated; and

         WHEREAS,  the Board has approved and  authorized  the execution of this
Agreement with the Executive;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

         1.  Certain Definitions.

         (a) The term "Change in Control"  means (i) any  "person," as such term
is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended  (the  "Exchange  Act")  (other  than  the  Company,   any  Consolidated
Subsidiaries  (as  hereinafter  defined),  any person (as  hereinabove  defined)
acting on behalf of the Company as  underwriter  pursuant to an offering  who is
temporarily holding securities in connection with such offering,  any trustee or
other  fiduciary  holding  securities  under  an  employee  benefit  plan of the
Company, or any corporation owned,  directly or indirectly,  by the stockholders
of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock
of the Company),  is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act),  directly or  indirectly,  of securities of the Company
representing  25% or more of the  combined  voting power of the  Company's  then
outstanding  securities;  (ii)  individuals  who are members of the Board on the
Commencement Date (the "Incumbent  Board") cease for any reason to constitute at
least  a  majority  thereof,  provided  that  any  person  becoming  a  director
subsequent to the Commencement  Date whose election was approved by a vote of at
least  three-quarters  of the directors  comprising the Incumbent Board or whose
<PAGE>
nomination  for  election  by the  Company's  stockholders  was  approved by the
nominating  committee  serving under an Incumbent  Board,  shall be considered a
member of the Incumbent  Board;  (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a
merger or  consolidation of the Company with any other  corporation,  other than
(1) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the
Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
remaining  outstanding  or by being  converted  into  voting  securities  of the
surviving  entity)  more than 50% of the  combined  voting  power of the  voting
securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after
such  merger or  consolidation  or (2) a merger  or  consolidation  effected  to
implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no
person (as  hereinabove  defined)  acquires more than 25% of the combined voting
power of the Company's then outstanding securities;  or (iv) the stockholders of
the  Company  approve  a plan  of  complete  liquidation  of the  Company  or an
agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all
of the Company's assets (or any transaction having a similar effect).

                  (b) The term "Consolidated  Subsidiaries" means any subsidiary
or  subsidiaries of the Company that are part of the  consolidated  group of the
Company for federal income tax reporting.

                  (c)  The  term  "Date  of   Termination"   means  (i)  if  the
Executive's employment is terminated for Disability (as hereinafter defined), 30
days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that the Executive shall not
have  returned to the  full-time  performance  of his duties  during such 30-day
period),  and (ii) if the  Executive's  employment is  terminated  for Cause (as
hereinafter  defined) or Good Reason (as  hereinafter  defined) or for any other
reason  (other than death or  Disability),  the date  specified in the Notice of
Termination  (which,  in the case of a  termination  for Cause shall not be less
than 30 days from the date such Notice of Termination is given,  and in the case
of a termination for Good Reason shall not be less than 15 nor more than 60 days
from the date such Notice of Termination is given);  provided,  however, that if
within 15 days after any Notice of Termination is given, or, if later,  prior to
the Date of  Termination  (as determined  without  regard to this proviso),  the
party  receiving  such  Notice of  Termination  notifies  the other party that a
dispute exists concerning the termination, then the Date of Termination shall be
the date on which the dispute is finally  determined,  whether by mutual written
agreement  of  the  parties,  by a  binding  arbitration  award,  or by a  final
judgment,  order or decree of a court of  competent  jurisdiction  (which is not
appealable  or with respect to which the time for appeal  therefrom  has expired
and no appeal  has been  perfected);  and  provided,  further,  that the Date of
Termination  shall be  extended  by a notice of dispute  only if such  notice is
given in good faith and the party giving such notice  pursues the  resolution of
such dispute with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such
dispute,  the Company will continue to pay the Executive  the  Executive's  full
Company Salary (as hereinafter defined) in effect when the notice giving rise to
the dispute was given and continue the Executive as a participant in all benefit
and  fringe  benefit  plans (as  provided  in  Section  5  hereof)  in which the
Executive  was  participating  when the notice  giving  rise to the  dispute was
given,  until the dispute is finally  resolved in  accordance  with this Section
1(c).
<PAGE>
                  (d) The term "Good Reason" means the  occurrence,  without the
Executive's express written consent, of a material diminution of or interference
with the Executive's duties,  responsibilities  or benefits,  including (without
limitation) any of the following  circumstances  unless such  circumstances  are
fully corrected prior to the Date of Termination given in respect thereof:

                  (i) a requirement  that the Executive be based at any location
not within ten miles of Schenectady, New York, or that he substantially increase
his  travel  on  Company  or Bank  business;  (ii) a  material  demotion  of the
Executive;  (iii) a material  reduction  in the number or seniority of personnel
reporting to the Executive or a material  reduction in the frequency with which,
or in the nature of the  matters  with  respect to which such  personnel  are to
report to the  Executive,  other  than as part of a  Company-wide  or  Bank-wide
reduction  in staff;  (iv) a reduction in the  Executive's  salary or a material
adverse change in the Executive's perquisites,  benefits, contingent benefits or
vacation,  other than as part of an overall program  applied  uniformly and with
equitable  effect to all members of the senior  management of the Company or the
Bank; (v) a material and extended  increase in the required hours of work or the
workload  of the  Executive;  (vi) the  failure  of the  Board  to elect  him as
Chairman  (during any time when he is serving as a director)  or  President  and
Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company or any action by the Board removing him
from any of such  offices,  or the failure of the board of directors of the Bank
(or any successor of the Bank) to elect him as Chairman (during any time when he
is serving as a director) or President and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Bank
or any action by such board (or board of a successor  of the Bank)  removing him
from such  offices;  (vii) the failure of the  Company to obtain a  satisfactory
agreement from any successor to assume the  obligations  and  liabilities  under
this Agreement,  as contemplated in Section 9(a) hereof; or (viii) any purported
termination of the  Executive's  employment  that is not effected  pursuant to a
Notice of Termination  satisfying the  requirements of Section 8 hereof (and, if
applicable,   the   requirements  of  Section  1(e)  hereof),   which  purported
termination shall not be effective for purposes of this Agreement.

         The Executive's right to terminate  employment pursuant to this Section
1(d) shall not be  affected  by the  Executive's  incapacity  due to physical or
mental  illness.  The  Executive's  continued  employment  shall not  constitute
consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any circumstance constituting
Good Reason hereunder.

         (e) The terms  "Termination  for Cause" and "Terminated For Cause" mean
termination  of the  employment of the Executive  with either the Company or the
Bank, as the case may be, because of the Executive's (i) intentional  misconduct
and/or gross negligence that has a material adverse affect on the Company or the
Bank, monetarily or otherwise,  or (ii) material breach of any provision of this
Agreement.  No act or  failure  to act by  the  Executive  shall  be  considered
intentional  unless the Executive acted or failed to act with an absence of good
faith and without a  reasonable  belief that his action or failure to act was in
the best interest of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Executive
shall not be deemed to have been  Terminated  for Cause  unless and until  there
shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution,  duly adopted
by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership
of the Board at a meeting  of the Board duly  called  and held for such  purpose
(after  reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive,
together with the Executive's  counsel,  to be heard before the Board),  stating
that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive has engaged in conduct
described in the preceding  sentence and specifying the  particulars  thereof in
detail.
<PAGE>
         2.  Term.  The term of this  Agreement  shall be a period of four years
commencing on the Commencement Date, subject to earlier  termination as provided
herein. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, and on each
anniversary  thereafter,  the term of this  Agreement  shall be  extended  for a
period of one year in addition to the  then-remaining  term,  provided  that the
Company has not given notice to the  Executive in writing at least 90 days prior
to such  anniversary  that  the term of this  Agreement  shall  not be  extended
further,   and  provided   further  that  the  Executive  has  not  received  an
unsatisfactory  performance review by either the Board or the Board of Directors
of the Bank.

         3. Employment. The Executive is employed as the Chairman, President and
Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company and the Bank.  As such,  the  Executive
shall render administrative and management services as are customarily performed
by persons situated in similar executive  capacities,  and shall have such other
powers  and  duties  as the  Board  or the  Board of  Directors  of the Bank may
prescribe  from time to time.  The Executive  shall also render  services to any
Consolidated  Subsidiary  as  requested  by the Company or the Bank from time to
time consistent with his executive position. The Executive shall devote his best
efforts and  reasonable  time and  attention  to the business and affairs of the
Company and the Bank to the extent  necessary to discharge his  responsibilities
hereunder.  The  Executive  may  serve on  corporate  or  charitable  boards  or
committees and manage  personal  investments,  so long as such activities do not
interfere materially with the performance of his responsibilities hereunder.

         4.  Cash Compensation.

                  (a) Salary. The Company agrees to pay the Executive during the
term of this Agreement a base salary,  the  annualized  amount of which shall be
not less than the annualized  aggregate  amount of the  Executive's  base salary
from the Company and any Consolidated Subsidiaries in effect at the Commencement
Date or as subsequently  increased (the "Company Salary").  While employed,  any
amounts  of  salary   actually  paid  to  the  Executive  by  any   Consolidated
Subsidiaries shall reduce the amount to be paid by the Company to the Executive.
The Company  Salary shall be paid no less  frequently  than monthly and shall be
subject to customary  tax  withholding.  The amount of the  Executive's  Company
Salary shall be increased (but shall not  thereafter be decreased)  from time to
time in accordance with the amounts of salary approved by the Board or the board
of  directors of any of the  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  after the  Commencement
Date.

                  (b) Bonuses. The Executive shall be entitled to participate in
an equitable manner with all other executive  officers of the Company and/or the
Bank in all  performance-based and discretionary bonuses authorized by the Board
for  executive  officers of the Company or by the Board of Directors of the Bank
for executive officers of the Bank. No other  compensation  provided for in this
Agreement shall be deemed a substitute for the Executive's  right to participate
in such bonuses when and as declared by the Board of Directors.
<PAGE>
                  (c) Expenses. During the term of his employment hereunder, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt  reimbursement  for all reasonable
expenses  incurred by the Executive in performing  services under this Agreement
in  accordance  with the policies and  procedures  applicable  to the  executive
officers of the Company and the Bank.

         5.  Benefits.

                  (a)  Participation  in Benefit Plans.  The Executive  shall be
entitled to participate, to the same extent as executive officers of the Company
and/or the Bank generally,  in all plans of the Company and/or the Bank relating
to pension, retirement, savings, group or other life insurance, hospitalization,
medical and dental  coverage,  cash  bonuses,  and other  retirement or employee
benefits or combinations  thereof. In addition,  the Executive shall be entitled
to be considered  for benefits  under all of the stock and stock option  related
plans in which the  Company's or the Bank's  executive  officers  generally  are
eligible or become  eligible to  participate.  Nothing herein shall preclude the
Company  from  providing  other  benefits  to the  Executive  independent  of or
separate  from those  provided to other  executive  officers  or its  executives
generally.  Upon any separation of service of the Executive from the Company and
the Bank (other  than a  "Termination  for Cause" as defined in Section  1(e) of
this Agreement),  the Company will thereafter  provide (through the Consolidated
Subsidiaries  or otherwise)  the  Executive and his spouse for their  respective
lifetimes,  at the sole cost and expense of the Company,  with  continued  group
life insurance,  hospitalization,  medical, dental, prescription drug, and other
health benefits coverage,  at least equivalent to the coverage being provided by
the Company and/or the Bank to the Executive and his spouse on the  Commencement
Date  (the  "Post-Separation  Health  Benefits").   The  Post-Separation  Health
Benefits  shall be  deemed  for all  purposes  of this  Agreement  to be  vested
contractual  rights of the  Executive  and the  obligation  of the Company  with
respect thereto shall survive any  termination of this  Agreement.  In the event
the Company reasonably  determines that the provision of Post-Separation  Health
Benefits to the Executive or his surviving  spouse as provided in this Agreement
could result in the Company or the Bank violating the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended,  or any other  applicable  law or  regulation,
then the Company may in lieu thereof make a monthly  payment to the Executive or
his  surviving  spouse  in an  amount  equal to the sum of (i) the  actual  cost
incurred by the Executive or his surviving spouse for comparable  health benefit
coverage  plus  (ii) a tax  gross-up  amount  to  enable  the  Executive  or his
surviving  spouse to  receive  the  amount  set forth in  Section  5(a)(i) on an
after-tax basis.

                  (b)  Fringe  Benefits.  The  Executive  shall be  eligible  to
participate in, and receive  benefits  under,  any other fringe benefit plans or
perquisites which are or may become generally  available to the Company's or the
Bank's  executive  officers,   including,   but  not  limited  to,  supplemental
retirement,  incentive  compensation,  supplemental  medical  or life  insurance
plans,  company cars, club dues, physical  examinations,  financial planning and
tax preparation services.

         6.  Vacations;  Leave.  The Executive  shall be entitled to annual paid
vacation in accordance with the policies  established by the Board and the board
of  directors  of the Bank for  executive  officers,  in no event less than four
weeks per year,  and to voluntary  leaves of absence,  with or without pay, from
time to time at such times and upon such  conditions  as the Board may determine
in its discretion.  In the event that the Executive is employed hereunder during
a calendar  year for less than all of that year,  he shall be  entitled  in that
<PAGE>
year to a number of paid  vacation  days which shall be  prorated in  accordance
with the number of days on which he is so employed in that year.  The  Executive
shall be entitled  to all paid  holidays  given by the Company to its  executive
officers.

         7.  Termination of Employment.

                  (a) Death.  In the event of the death of the  Executive  while
employed  under this Agreement and prior to any  termination of employment,  (i)
the Company shall pay to the Executive's estate, or such person as the Executive
may have  previously  designated  in writing,  the Company  Salary which was not
previously  paid to the  Executive  plus the Company  Salary which he would have
earned if he had continued to be employed under this Agreement through the 180th
day after the date on which the Executive  died, at the time such payments would
have been due; and (ii) the Company shall pay to the Executive's estate, or such
person as the Executive may have previously  designated in writing,  the amounts
of all benefits or awards which, pursuant to the terms of any applicable plan or
plans,  were earned with respect to the fiscal year in which the Executive  died
and which the Executive  would have been entitled to receive if he had continued
to be employed,  and the amount of any bonus or incentive  compensation for such
fiscal year which the  Executive  would have been  entitled to receive if he had
continued to be employed, pro-rated in accordance with the portion of the fiscal
year served prior to his death; provided that such amounts shall be payable when
and as ordinarily payable under the applicable plans. The death of the Executive
shall  not  reduce  or  alter  the   obligation   of  the   Company  to  provide
Post-Separation Health Benefits to his surviving spouse.

                  (b) Disability.  If, as a result of the Executive's incapacity
due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from the
full-time performance of his duties hereunder for 130 consecutive business days,
and within 30 days after a written  Notice of  Termination  is given,  shall not
have returned to the performance of his duties  hereunder on a full-time  basis,
the Company may terminate the Executive's employment hereunder for "Disability."
In the event the Executive is terminated for  Disability,  (i) the Company shall
pay to the Executive  the Company  Salary which was not  previously  paid to the
Executive plus the Company Salary which he would have earned if he had continued
to be employed under this Agreement through the term of the Agreement  remaining
at the time the Notice of Termination  for Disability is given, at the time such
payments would have been due, less the amount of disability  insurance  payments
received during such period by the Executive on account of insurance  maintained
by the Company or any of its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  for the benefit of the
Executive;  and (ii) the Company  shall pay to the  Executive the amounts of all
benefits or awards which, pursuant to the terms of any applicable plan or plans,
were  earned  with  respect  to the  fiscal  year in  which  the  Executive  was
terminated due to Disability and which the Executive would have been entitled to
receive  if he had  continued  to be  employed,  and the  amount of any bonus or
incentive  compensation for such fiscal year which the Executive would have been
entitled to receive if he had continued to be employed,  pro-rated in accordance
with the  portion of the fiscal  year  served  prior to his  termination  due to
Disability; provided, that, such amounts shall be payable when and as ordinarily
payable  under the  applicable  plans.  The  termination  of the  Executive  for
Disability  shall not reduce or alter the  obligation  of the Company to provide
Post-Separation Health Benefits to the Executive and his spouse.

                  (c) Cause. In the event of Termination for Cause,  the Company
shall pay to the Executive his Company Salary through the Date of Termination at
the rate in  effect  at the time the  Notice  of  Termination  is given  and the
Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive under this Agreement.
<PAGE>
                  (d) Involuntary Termination. In the event that (i) the Company
terminates the Executive's  employment  without the Executive's  written consent
other than  pursuant to Section  7(a),  7(b) or 7(c)  hereof,  or the  Executive
terminates  his  employment  for Good Reason,  and (ii) the Executive  offers to
continue to provide services as contemplated by this Agreement and such offer is
declined  ("Involuntary  Termination"),  then,  subject to Section  7(e) of this
Agreement,  the  Company  shall,  during  the  lesser  period  of  the  Date  of
Termination  through  the  remaining  term  of this  Agreement  or  three  years
following the Date of  Termination,  as liquidated  damages pay to the Executive
monthly  one-twelfth  of the Company  Salary at the annual rate in effect at the
time the Notice of  Termination  is given and  one-twelfth of the average annual
amount of cash bonus and cash incentive compensation of the Executive,  based on
the average  amounts of such  compensation  earned by the  Executive for the two
full fiscal years preceding the Date of Termination.  In addition, the Executive
shall be entitled to the Post-Separation Health Benefits.

                  (e) Reduction of the Company's Obligations Under Section 7(d).
In the event that the Executive becomes entitled to liquidated  damages pursuant
to Section  7(d),  the  Company's  obligation  thereunder  with  respect to cash
damages shall be reduced by the amount of the Executive's income, if any, earned
from  providing   services  other  than  to  the  Company  or  the  Consolidated
Subsidiaries  during the period of the lesser of the Date of Termination through
the  remaining  term of this  Agreement  or three  years  following  the Date of
Termination.

                  (f)  Voluntary  Termination.  The  Executive may terminate his
employment  voluntarily  at any time by a notice  pursuant  to Section 8 of this
Agreement. In the event that the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment
other than for Good Reason ("Voluntary  Termination"),  the Company shall pay to
the Executive his Company  Salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in
effect at the time the Notice of Termination is given, at the time such payments
are due, and the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive under
this Agreement other than for Post-Separation Health Benefits.

                  (g) Change in  Control.  In the event that the  Company  shall
terminate the Executive's  employment  other than pursuant to Section 7(a), 7(b)
or 7(c) hereof, or the Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason,
within the 24 months following a Change in Control,  in addition to any payments
and benefits to which the Executive is entitled  under Section 7(d) hereof,  the
Company  shall (i) pay the  Executive  his  Company  Salary  through the Date of
Termination  at the rate in effect  at the time the  Notice  of  Termination  is
given,  at the time such  payments are due;  plus (ii) pay to the Executive in a
lump sum in cash,  within 25 days after the later of the date of such  Change in
Control or the Date of  Termination,  an amount equal to 299% of the Executive's
"base amount" as determined  under Section 280G of the Internal  Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"),  less the aggregate present value of the payments
or  benefits,  if any,  in the  nature of  compensation  for the  benefit of the
Executive,  arising  under  any  other  plans or  arrangements  (i.e.,  not this
Agreement)  between the Company or any of the Consolidated  Subsidiaries and the
Executive,  which  are  contingent  upon a  Change  in  Control.  The  Company's
obligation  under this  Section 7 shall not be reduced by any amounts paid under
the  Restated   Executive   Supplemental   Retirement   Plan  and   Compensation
Continuation  Agreement,  dated March 23, 1988, by and between the Executive and
the Bank.
<PAGE>
         While  it is not  contemplated  that the  Executive  will  receive  any
amounts or benefits  that will  constitute  "excess  parachute  payments"  under
Section 280G of the Code, in the event that any payments or benefits provided or
to be provided to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement,  in combination with
payments or benefits, if any, from other plans or arrangements maintained by the
Company or any of the Consolidated  Subsidiaries,  constitute  "excess parachute
payments"  under  Section  280G of the Code that are subject to excise tax under
Section  4999 of the Code,  the Company  shall pay to the  Executive  in cash an
additional  amount  equal to the amount of the Gross Up Payment (as  hereinafter
defined).  The "Gross Up Payment"  shall be the amount needed to ensure that the
amount of such payments and the value of such benefits received by the Executive
(net of such excise tax and any  federal,  state and local tax on the  Company's
payment  to him  attributable  to such  excise  tax)  equals  the amount of such
payments and value of such  benefits as he would  receive in the absence of such
excise tax and any federal,  state and local tax on the Company's payment to him
attributable  to such  excise tax.  The  Company  shall pay the Gross Up Payment
within 30 days after the Date of  Termination.  For purposes of determining  the
amount of the Gross Up Payment,  the value of any non-cash benefits and deferred
payments or benefits shall be determined by the Company's  independent  auditors
in accordance with the principles of Section  280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code. In
the event that, after the Gross Up Payment is made, the amount of the excise tax
is determined to be less than the amount  calculated in the determination of the
actual Gross Up Payment made by the Company,  the  Executive  shall repay to the
Company,  at the time that such reduction in the amount of excise tax is finally
determined,  the portion of the Gross Up Payment attributable to such reduction,
plus  interest on the amount of such  repayment at the  applicable  federal rate
under Section 1274 of the Code from the date of the Gross Up Payment to the date
of the  repayment.  The amount of the  reduction  of the Gross Up Payment  shall
reflect any subsequent  reduction in excise taxes resulting from such repayment.
In the event that,  after the Gross Up Payment is made, the amount of the excise
tax is  determined  to exceed  the amount  anticipated  at the time the Gross Up
Payment  was made,  the  Company  shall  pay to the  Executive,  in  immediately
available  funds,  at the time that  such  additional  amount  of excise  tax is
finally determined,  an additional payment ("Additional Gross Up Payment") equal
to such additional  amount of excise tax and any federal,  state and local taxes
thereon,  plus all interest and  penalties,  if any, owed by the Executive  with
respect to such  additional  amount of excise and other tax.  The Company  shall
have  the  right  to  challenge,  on the  Executive's  behalf,  any  excise  tax
assessment  against  him as to which the  Executive  is entitled to (or would be
entitled  if such  assessment  is  finally  determined  to be proper) a Gross Up
Payment or  Additional  Gross Up Payment,  provided  that all costs and expenses
incurred in such a challenge shall be borne by the Company and the Company shall
indemnify the Executive and hold him harmless,  on an after-tax basis,  from any
excise or other tax  (including  interest and  penalties  with respect  thereto)
imposed as a result of such payment of costs and expenses by the Company.

            (h) Other Payments.  The Company's  obligation  under this Section 7
shall  not  be  reduced  by  any  amounts  paid  under  the  Restated  Executive
Supplemental  Retirement Plan and  Compensation  Continuation  Agreement,  dated
March 23, 1988, by and between the Executive and the Bank.

         8. Notice of Termination. In the event that the Company or the Bank, or
both,  desire to terminate the  employment  of the Executive  during the term of
this  Agreement,  the Company and/or the Bank (as the case may be) shall deliver
to  the  Executive  a  written  notice  of  termination,  stating  whether  such
termination  constitutes  Termination for  Disability,  Termination for Cause or
Involuntary  Termination,  setting  forth in  reasonable  detail  the  facts and
<PAGE>
circumstances  that are the basis for the  termination,  and specifying the date
upon  which  employment  shall  terminate,  which date shall be at least 30 days
after  the date  upon  which  the  notice  is  delivered,  except in the case of
Termination for Cause. In the event that the Executive  determines in good faith
that he has experienced an Involuntary  Termination of his employment,  he shall
send a written notice to the Company stating the  circumstances  that constitute
such  Involuntary  Termination and the date upon which his employment shall have
ceased due to such  Involuntary  Termination.  In the event  that the  Executive
desires to effect a Voluntary Termination,  he shall deliver a written notice to
the Company, stating the date upon which employment shall terminate,  which date
shall be at least 30 days  after the date upon  which the  notice is  delivered,
unless the parties agree to a date sooner.

         9.  No Assignments.

                  (a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties  hereto,
and  neither  party may  assign or  delegate  any of its  rights or  obligations
hereunder  without  first  obtaining  the  written  consent of the other  party;
provided,  however,  that the  Company  shall  require any  successor  or assign
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation,  operation of
law or otherwise) to all or  substantially  all of the business and/or assets of
the Company,  by an assumption  agreement in form and substance  satisfactory to
the  Executive,  to expressly  assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the
same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform
it if no such  succession or assignment had taken place.  Failure of the Company
to obtain such an assumption  agreement prior to the  effectiveness  of any such
succession or assignment  shall be a breach of this  Agreement and shall entitle
the Executive to  compensation  and benefits from the Company in the same amount
and on the same terms that he would be entitled to  hereunder  if he  terminated
his  employment  for Good  Reason,  in addition to any  payments and benefits to
which the  Executive is entitled  under  Section  7(g)  hereof.  For purposes of
implementing  the  provisions of this Section  9(a),  the date on which any such
succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

                  (b) This  Agreement and all rights of the Executive  hereunder
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal and
legal   representatives,    executors,   administrators,    successors,   heirs,
distributees, devisees and legatees. In the event of the death of the Executive,
unless otherwise provided herein, all amounts payable hereunder shall be paid to
the  Executive's  devisee,  legatee,  or other  designee or, if there be no such
designee, to the Executive's estate.


         10. Notices. For the purposes of this Agreement,  all notices and other
communications  to any party  hereto  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to
have been duly given when  delivered or sent by certified  mail,  return receipt
requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

          If to the Executive:       Joseph H. Giaquinto, Chairman of the Board,
                                     President and Chief Executive Officer
                                     SFS Bancorp, Inc.
                                     251-263 State Street
                                     Schenectady, New York  12301

          If to the Company:         SFS Bancorp, Inc.
                                     251-263 State Street
                                     Schenectady, New York  12301
                                     Attention:  Corporate Secretary
<PAGE>
or to such  other  address  as such  party  may have  furnished  to the other in
writing in accordance herewith,  except that a notice of change of address shall
be effective only upon receipt.

         11.  Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise
provided.

         12.  Headings.  The headings used in this Agreement are included solely
for  convenience  and shall  not  affect,  or be used in  connection  with,  the
interpretation of this Agreement.

         13.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

         14.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
State of Delaware.

         15.  Arbitration.  Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under  or in
connection  with  this  Agreement  shall  be  settled   exclusively  by  binding
arbitration,  conducted  before  a panel  of  three  arbitrators  in a  location
selected by the Executive within 100 miles of such Executive's job location with
the  Company,  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  American   Arbitration
Association  then in effect;  provided,  however,  that the  Executive  shall be
entitled to seek  specific  performance  of his rights under Section 1(c) during
the pendency of any dispute or controversy  arising under or in connection  with
this Agreement.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's  award in any court
having jurisdiction.

         16.  Reimbursement  of Expenses.  In the event any dispute  shall arise
between  the  Executive  and  the  Company  or  the  Bank  as to  the  terms  or
interpretation of this Agreement,  including this Section 16, whether instituted
by formal legal  proceedings  or  otherwise,  including  any action taken by the
Executive to enforce the terms of this  Section 16 or in  defending  against any
action  taken by the  Company  or the Bank,  the  Company  shall  reimburse  the
Executive  for all costs  and  expenses  incurred  by the  Executive,  including
reasonable  attorney's fees, arising from such dispute,  proceedings or actions,
unless a court of  competent  jurisdiction  renders  a final  and  nonappealable
judgment against the Executive as to the matter in dispute. Reimbursement of the
Executive's  expenses shall be paid within ten days of the Executive  furnishing
to the Company written  evidence,  which may be in the form, among other things,
of a  canceled  check or  receipt,  of any  costs or  expenses  incurred  by the
Executive.
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

         THIS AGREEMENT  CONTAINS A BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.


Attest:                                 SFS BANCORP, INC.

- ---------------------                   ---------------------------
Secretary                               By:
                                        Its:

                                        EXECUTIVE

                                        ----------------------------
                                        Joseph H. Giaquinto, individually


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT



         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of
this 13th day of December, 1995, by and between Schenectady Federal Savings Bank
hereinafter  referred  to as the "Bank"  whether in mutual or stock  form),  and
Richard D. Ammian (the "Employee").

         WHEREAS, the Employee is currently serving as the Senior Vice President
and Corporate Secretary; and

         WHEREAS,  the Bank has  adopted a plan of  conversion  whereby the Bank
will convert to capital stock form as the  subsidiary of SFS Bancorp,  Inc. (the
"Holding Company"), subject to the approval of the Bank's members and the Office
of Thrift Supervision (the "Conversion"); and

         WHEREAS,  the board of  directors  of the Bank  ("Board of  Directors")
recognizes that, as is the case with publicly held corporations  generally,  the
possibility  of a change in control of the Holding  Company  and/or the Bank may
exist and that such possibility,  and the uncertainty and questions which it may
raise  among  management,  may result in the  departure  or  distraction  of key
management personnel to the detriment of the Bank, the Holding Company and their
respective stockholders; and

         WHEREAS, the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of
the Bank to enter  into  this  Agreement  with the  Employee  in order to assure
continuity  of  management  of the  Bank  and to  reinforce  and  encourage  the
continued  attention  and  dedication  of the  Employee to his  assigned  duties
without distraction in the face of potentially disruptive  circumstances arising
from the  possibility of a change in control of the Holding Company or the Bank,
although no such change is now contemplated; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Board of  Directors  has  approved  and  authorized  the
execution  of this  Agreement  with the  Employee  to take  effect  as stated in
Section 2 hereof;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

         1.  Definitions.

                  (a) The  term  "Change  in  Control"  means  (1) an event of a
nature  that (i)  results  in a change  in  control  of the Bank or the  Holding
Company  within the meaning of the Home  Owners'  Loan Act of 1933 and 12 C.F.R.
Part 574 as in  effect  on the date  hereof;  or (ii)  would be  required  to be
reported in  response to Item 1 of the current  report on Form 8-K, as in effect
on the date hereof,  pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934  (the  "Exchange  Act");  (2)  any  person  (as the  term is used in
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange  Act),  directly or  indirectly  of
securities of the Bank or the Holding  Company  representing  20% or more of the
Bank's or the Holding Company's outstanding securities;  (3) individuals who are
members of the board of directors of the Bank or the Holding Company on the date
hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute at least a
majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the
date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least  three-quarters of
the directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board, or whose nomination for election
by the Holding Company's  stockholders was approved by the nominating  committee
<PAGE>
serving under an Incumbent Board,  shall be considered a member of the Incumbent
Board; or (4) a plan of  reorganization,  merger  consolidation,  sale of all or
substantially  all of the assets of the Bank or the Holding Company or a similar
transaction  in  which  the Bank or the  Holding  Company  is not the  resulting
entity.  The term  "change  in  control"  shall not  include an  acquisition  of
securities by an employee benefit plan of the Bank or the Holding Company or the
acquisition of securities of the Bank by the Holding  Company in connection with
the Conversion. In the application of 12 C.F.R. Part 574 to a determination of a
Change in Control,  determinations  to be made by the OTS or its Director  under
such regulations shall be made by the Board of Directors.

                  (b) The term "Commencement  Date" means the date of completion
of Conversion.

                  (c) The term "Date of  Termination"  means the  earlier of (1)
the date upon which the Bank gives notice to the Employee of the  termination of
his employment  with the Bank or (2) the date upon which the Employee  ceases to
serve as an Employee of the Bank.

                  (d) The term "Involuntarily  Termination" means termination of
the  employment  of  Employee  without his express  written  consent,  and shall
include a material  diminution of or  interference  with the Employee's  duties,
responsibilities  and benefits as Senior Vice  President of the Bank,  including
(without limitation) any of the following actions unless consented to in writing
by the Employee:  (1) a change in the  principal  workplace of the Employee to a
location outside of a 20 mile radius from the Bank's  headquarters  office as of
the date  hereof;  (2) a material  reduction in the number or seniority of other
Bank  personnel  reporting  to  the  Employee  or a  material  reduction  in the
frequency with which, or in the nature of the matters with respect to which such
personnel  are to  report  to the  Employee,  other  than as part of a Bank-  or
Holding  Company-wide  reduction in staff;  (3) a material adverse change in the
Employee's salary, perquisites, benefits, contingent benefits or vacation, other
than as part of an overall program applied  uniformly and with equitable  effect
to all members of the senior management of the Bank or the Holding Company;  and
(4) a material  permanent increase in the required hours of work or the workload
of the Employee. The term "Involuntary Termination" does not include Termination
for Cause or termination of employment due to retirement,  death,  disability or
suspension  or temporary  or permanent  prohibition  from  participation  in the
conduct of the Bank's affairs under Section 8 of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Act ("FDIA").

                  (e) The terms  "Termination  for  Cause" and  "Terminated  for
Cause"  mean  termination  of the  employment  of the  Employee  because  of the
Employee's personal dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful misconduct,  breach of a
fiduciary duty involving personal profit,  intentional failure to perform stated
duties,  willful  violation of any law, rule, or regulation  (other than traffic
violations or similar  offenses) or final  cease-and-desist  order,  or material
breach of any provision of this  Agreement.  The Employee shall not be deemed to
have been  Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered
to the Employee a copy of a resolution,  duly adopted by the affirmative vote of
not less than a majority of the entire  membership  of the Board of Directors of
the Bank at a  meeting  of the Board  called  and held for such  purpose  (after
reasonable notice to the Employee and an opportunity for the Employee,  together
with the Employee's counsel, to be heard before the Board),  stating that in the
good  faith  opinion  of the Board  the  Employee  has  engaged  in the  conduct
described in the preceding  sentence and specifying the  particulars  thereof in
detail.
<PAGE>
         2.  Term.  The term of this  Agreement  shall be a period  of two years
commencing on the Commencement Date, subject to earlier  termination as provided
herein. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, and on each
anniversary  thereafter,  the term of this  Agreement  shall be  extended  for a
period of one year in addition to the then-remaining term, provided that (1) the
Bank has not given  notice to the  Employee in writing at least 90 days prior to
such anniversary that the term of this Agreement shall not be extended  further;
and (2) prior to such anniversary, the Board of Directors explicitly reviews and
approves the extension.  Reference  herein to the term of this  Agreement  shall
refer to both such initial term and such extended terms.

         3.  Employment.  The Employee is employed as the Senior Vice  President
and  Corporate  Secretary of the Bank.  As Senior Vice  President  and Corporate
Secretary,  Employee shall render such  administrative  and management  services
under the supervision of the President as are  customarily  performed by persons
situated in similar executive  capacities,  and shall have such other powers and
duties of an officer of the Bank as the Board of Directors  may  prescribe  from
time to time.

         4.  Compensation.

                  (a)  Salary.  The Bank agrees to pay the  Employee  during the
term of this Agreement the salary  established by the Board of Directors,  which
shall be at least the Employee's  salary in effect as of the Commencement  Date.
The amount of the Employee's salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors,
beginning  not  later  than the  first  anniversary  of the  Commencement  Date.
Adjustments in salary or other  compensation shall not limit or reduce any other
obligation of the Bank under this  Agreement.  The  Employee's  salary in effect
from time to time  during the term of this  Agreement  shall not  thereafter  be
reduced.

                  (b) Discretionary  Bonuses.  The Employee shall be entitled to
participate in an equitable manner with all other executive officers of the Bank
in discretionary bonuses as authorized and declared by the Board of Directors to
its executive  employees.  No other compensation  provided for in this Agreement
shall be deemed a substitute  for the  Employee's  right to  participate in such
bonuses when and as declared by the Board of Directors.

                  (c) Expenses. The Employee shall be entitled to receive prompt
reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee in performing
services  under this  Agreement in accordance  with the policies and  procedures
applicable  to the  executive  officers of the Bank,  provided that the Employee
accounts for such expenses as required under such policies and procedures.

         5.       Benefits.

                  (a)  Participation  in Retirement and Employee  Benefit Plans.
The Employee  shall be entitled to participate in all plans relating to pension,
thrift,  profit-sharing,  group life  insurance,  medical  and dental  coverage,
education,   cash  bonuses,   and  other  retirement  or  employee  benefits  or
combinations  thereof,  in which the Bank's executive officers  participate.  In
addition, the Employee shall be entitled to be considered for benefits under all
of the stock and stock  option  related  plans  adopted  for the  benefit of the
Bank's executive or other employees.
<PAGE>
                  (b)  Fringe  Benefits.  The  Employee  shall  be  eligible  to
participate in, and receive benefits under, any other fringe benefit plans which
are or may become applicable to the Bank's executive officers.

         6.  Vacations;  Leave.  The  Employee  shall be entitled to annual paid
vacation in  accordance  with the  policies  established  by the Bank's Board of
Directors for executive  employees  and to voluntary  leave of absence,  with or
without  pay,  from time to time at such times and upon such  conditions  as the
Board of Directors of the Bank may determine in its discretion.

         7.  Termination of Employment.

                  (a)  Involuntary  Termination.  The  Board  of  Directors  may
terminate  the  Employee's  employment at any time,  but,  except in the case of
Termination  for  Cause,  termination  of  employment  shall not  prejudice  the
Employee's right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement.  In the
event of Involuntary  Termination other than in connection with or within twelve
(12) months  after a Change in Control,  (1) the Bank shall pay to the  Employee
during the remaining  term of this  Agreement,  his salary at the rate in effect
immediately prior to the Date of Termination, payable in such manner and at such
times as such salary would have been payable to the Employee  under Section 2 if
the  Employee had  continued to be employed by the Bank,  and (2) the Bank shall
provide to the  Employee  during the  remaining  term of this  Agreement  health
benefits as  maintained  by the Bank for the benefit of its  executive  officers
from time to time during the remaining term of the Agreement.

                  (b)  Termination  for Cause.  In the event of Termination  for
Cause,  the  Bank  shall  pay  the  Employee  his  salary  through  the  date of
termination, and the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee under
this Agreement.

                  (c) Voluntary  Termination.  The Employee's  employment may be
voluntarily  terminated by the Employee at any time upon 90 days written  notice
to the Bank or upon  such  shorter  period  as may be agreed  upon  between  the
Employee and the Board of Directors of the Bank. In the event of such  voluntary
termination,  the Bank shall be  obligated  to continue to pay the  Employee his
salary and  benefits  only  through  the date of  termination,  at the time such
payments are due, and the Bank shall have no further  obligation to the Employee
under this Agreement.

                  (d) Change in Control. In the event of Involuntary Termination
in connection with or within 12 months after a change in control which occurs at
any time while the Employee is employed  under this  Agreement,  the Bank shall,
subject to Section 8 of this Agreement, (1) pay to the Employee in a lump sum in
cash within 25 business  days after the Date of  Termination  an amount equal to
200% of the Employee's  "base amount" as defined in Section 280G of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code");  and (2) provide to the Employee
during  the  remaining  term of  this  Agreement  such  health  benefits  as are
maintained  for  executive  officers  of the Bank from time to time  during  the
remaining term of this Agreement.

                  (e)  Death;  Disability.  In the  event  of the  death  of the
Employee while  employed  under this  Agreement and prior to any  termination of
employment,  the  Employee's  estate,  or such person as the  Employee  may have
previously designated in writing, shall be entitled to receive from the Bank the
salary of the Employee  through the last day of the calendar  month in which the
Employee  died. If the Employee  becomes  disabled as defined in the Bank's then
current  disability plan or if the Employee is otherwise  unable to serve in his
<PAGE>
present  capacity,  the  Employee  shall be entitled to receive  group and other
disability  income  benefits of the type then provided by the Bank for executive
officers.  In  the  event  of  such  disability,  this  Agreement  shall  not be
suspended. However, the Bank shall be obligated to pay the Employee compensation
pursuant  to  Sections  4(a) and (b) hereof  only to the  extent the  Employee's
salary, in the absence of such disability,  would exceed (on an after tax basis)
the disability income benefits received pursuant to this paragraph. In addition,
the Bank shall have the right,  upon  resolution  of its Board,  to  discontinue
paying cash compensation  pursuant to Sections 4(a) and (b) beginning six months
following a determination that Employee  qualifies for the foregoing  disability
income benefits.

                  (f) Temporary  Suspension or  Prohibition.  If the Employee is
suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs by a notice served under Section  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA,
12 U.S.C. ss. 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1), the Bank's obligations under this Agreement
shall be  suspended  as of the date of  service,  unless  stayed by  appropriate
proceedings.  If the  charges in the notice are  dismissed,  the Bank may in its
discretion (1) pay the Employee all or part of the  compensation  withheld while
its obligations  under this Agreement were suspended and (ii) reinstate in whole
or in part any of its obligations which were suspended.

                  (g) Permanent  Suspension or  Prohibition.  If the Employee is
removed and/or  permanently  prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs by an order issued under Section  8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA,
12 U.S.C.  ss.  1818(e)(4)  and (g)(1),  all  obligations of the Bank under this
Agreement  shall  terminate as of the  effective  date of the order,  but vested
rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

                  (h) Default of the Bank. If the Bank is in default (as defined
in Section  3(x)(1) of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this Agreement  shall
terminate  as of the date of default,  but this  provision  shall not affect any
vested rights of the contracting parties.

                  (i)  Termination by  Regulators.  All  obligations  under this
Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation
of this  Agreement is necessary for the continued  operation of the Bank: (1) by
the Director of the Office of Thrift  Supervision (the "Director") or his or her
designee,  at  the  time  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or  the
Resolution Trust Corporation  enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to
or on behalf of the Bank under the  authority  contained in Section 13(c) of the
FDIA; or (2) by the Director or his or her designee, at the time the Director or
his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to
operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an
unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
however, shall not be affected by any such action.

         8. Certain Reduction of Payments by the Bank.

                  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,  if
payments under this Agreement,  together with any other payments  received or to
be received by the Employee in  connection  with a Change in Control would cause
any amount to be  nondeductible  by the Bank or the Holding  Company for federal
income tax purposes  pursuant to Section 280G of the Code,  then benefits  under
this Agreement shall be reduced (not less than zero) to the extent  necessary so
as to maximize  payments to the  Employee  without  causing any amount to become
nondeductible by the Bank or the Holding  Company.  The Employee shall determine
the allocation of such reduction among payments to the Employee.
<PAGE>
                  (b)  Any  payments  made  to the  Employee  pursuant  to  this
Agreement,  or otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned  upon their compliance
with 12 U.S.C. 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

         9. No  Mitigation.  The Employee  shall not be required to mitigate the
amount of any salary or other payment or benefit  provided for in this Agreement
by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or
benefit provided for in this Agreement be reduced by any compensation  earned by
the Employee as the result of  employment  by another  employer,  by  retirement
benefits after the date of termination or otherwise.

         10.  Attorneys  Fees.  In the  event  the Bank  exercises  its right of
Termination for Cause, but it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction
or by an  arbitrator  pursuant  to  Section 18 that cause did not exist for such
termination, or if in any event it is determined by any such court or arbitrator
that the Bank has  failed to make  timely  payment  of any  amounts  owed to the
Employee under this Agreement,  the Employee shall be entitled to  reimbursement
for all reasonable  costs,  including  attorneys' fees,  incurred in challenging
such  termination or collecting  such amounts.  Such  reimbursement  shall be in
addition to all rights to which the  Employee is otherwise  entitled  under this
Agreement.

         11.      Confidential Information; Loyalty; Noncompetition.

                  (a) During the term of the Employee's employment hereunder and
thereafter,  the  Employee  shall not,  except as may be required to perform his
duties  hereunder  or as  required by law,  disclose  to others or use,  whether
directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information. "Confidential Information"
means  information  about the Bank and the Bank's clients and customers which is
not available to the general  public and was or shall be learned by the Employee
in the course of his employment by the Bank,  including  without  limitation any
data,  formulae,  information,  proprietary  knowledge,  trade  secrets,  credit
reports and analyses owned,  developed and used in the course of the business of
the Bank,  including client and customer lists and information  related thereto;
and all papers,  records and other documents (and all copies thereof)  contained
such Confidential Information.  The Employee acknowledges that such Confidential
Information is specialized, unique in nature and of great value to the Bank. The
Employee  agrees that upon the expiration of the  Employee's  term of employment
hereunder or in the event the  Employee's  employment  hereunder  is  terminated
prior thereto for any reason  whatsoever,  the Employee will promptly deliver to
the Bank all documents  (and all copies  thereof)  containing  any  Confidential
Information.

                  (b) The Employee shall devote his full time to the performance
of his employment under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Employee may
serve, without compensation, as a director of charitable, community and industry
organizations  and continue to serve,  with  compensation,  as a director of the
business  corporations  of which he is  currently  a director to the extent such
directorships  do not  inhibit  the  performance  of his  duties  thereunder  or
conflict  with the  business  of the  Bank.  During  the term of the  Employee's
employment hereunder,  the Employee shall not engage in any business or activity
contrary to the business affairs or interests of the Bank.

                  (c)  Upon  the  expiration  of  the  term  of  the  Employee's
employment  hereunder  or in  the  event  the  Employee's  employment  hereunder
terminates prior thereto for any reason whatsoever,  the Employee shall not, for
a period of one year after the occurrence of such event, for himself,  or as the
<PAGE>
agent of, on behalf of, or in conjunction with, any person or entity, solicit or
attempt to solicit, whether directly or indirectly: (i) any employee of the Bank
to terminate such employee's employment  relationship with the Bank; or (ii) any
savings and loan,  banking or similar business from any person or entity that is
or was a  client,  employee,  or  customer  of the Bank and had  dealt  with the
Employee  or any  other  employee  of the  Bank  under  the  supervision  of the
Employee.

                  (d) In the event  Employee  voluntarily  resigns  pursuant  to
Section 7(c) of this  Agreement,  the Employee  shall not, for a period equal to
the lesser of one year from the date of  termination  or the period during which
the Bank is obligated  to continue to pay the  Employee his salary,  directly or
indirectly,  own, manage,  operate or control,  or participate in the ownership,
management,  operation  or control  of, or be employed  by or  connected  in any
manner with, any financial institution having an office located within ten miles
of any office of the Bank as of the date of termination.

                  (e) The  provisions  of this  Section 11 shall not prevent the
Employee from purchasing,  solely for investment, not more than 5 percent of any
financial  institution's  stock or other  securities  which  are  traded  on any
national or regional securities.

                  (f)  The   provisions   of  this  Section  shall  survive  the
termination of the Employee's  employment hereunder whether by expiration of the
term thereof or otherwise.

         12.  No Assignments.

                  (a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties  hereto,
and  neither  party may  assign or  delegate  any of its  rights or  obligations
hereunder  without  first  obtaining  the  written  consent of the other  party;
provided,  however, that the Bank shall require any successor or assign (whether
direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially  all of the business  and/or  assets of the Bank, by an assumption
agreement  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to expressly
assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Bank would be required  to perform it if no such  succession  or
assignment  had taken  place.  Failure of the Bank to obtain such an  assumption
agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall
be a breach of this  Agreement  and shall  entitle the Employee to  compensation
from the  Bank in the same  amount  and on the  same  terms as the  compensation
pursuant to Section 7(d) hereof.  For purposes of implementing the provisions of
this Section  12(a),  the date on which any such  succession  becomes  effective
shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

                  (b) This  Agreement  and all rights of the Employee  hereunder
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's  personal and
legal   representatives,    executors,   administrators,    successors,   heirs,
distributees,  devisees  and  legatees.  If the  Employee  should  die while any
amounts  would still be payable to the  Employee  hereunder  if the Employee had
continued to live, all such amounts,  unless otherwise provided herein, shall be
paid in accordance  with the terms of this Agreement to the Employee's  devisee,
legatee or other  designee or if there is no such  designee,  to the  Employee's
estate.
<PAGE>
         13. Notice.  For the purposes of this Agreement,  notices and all other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when  personally  delivered  or sent by certified
mail, return receipt requested,  postage prepaid, to the Bank at its home office
the  attention  of the Board of  Directors  with a copy to the  Secretary of the
Bank,  or, if the  Employee,  to such home or other  address as the Employee has
most recently provided in writing to the Bank.

         14.  Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise
provided.

         15. Paragraph  Headings.  The paragraph headings used in this Agreement
are  included  solely  for  convenience  and  shall  not  affect,  or be used in
connection with, the interpretation of this Agreement.

         16.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

         17.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
United States to the extent applicable and otherwise by the laws of the State of
New York.


         18.  Arbitration.  Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under  or in
connection  with this Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in
accordance  with  the  rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in
effect.  Judgment may be entered on the  arbitrator's  award in any court having
jurisdiction.
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

         THIS AGREEMENT  CONTAINS A BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

Attest:                                        Schenectady Federal Savings Bank

- ---------------------                          ---------------------------
Secretary
                                               By:
                                               Its:


                                               EMPLOYEE

                                               ----------------------------
                                               Richard D. Ammian


                               EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT



         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of
this 17th day of December, 1997, by and between Schenectady Federal Savings Bank
hereinafter referred to as the "Bank"), and David Jurczynski (the "Employee").

         WHEREAS,  the  Employee  is  currently  serving as the Chief  Financial
Officer; and

         WHEREAS,  the board of  directors  of the Bank  ("Board of  Directors")
recognizes that, as is the case with publicly held corporations  generally,  the
possibility  of a change in control of the Holding  Company  and/or the Bank may
exist and that such possibility,  and the uncertainty and questions which it may
raise  among  management,  may result in the  departure  or  distraction  of key
management personnel to the detriment of the Bank, the Holding Company and their
respective stockholders; and

         WHEREAS, the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of
the Bank to enter  into  this  Agreement  with the  Employee  in order to assure
continuity  of  management  of the  Bank  and to  reinforce  and  encourage  the
continued  attention  and  dedication  of the  Employee to his  assigned  duties
without distraction in the face of potentially disruptive  circumstances arising
from the  possibility of a change in control of the Holding Company or the Bank,
although no such change is now contemplated; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Board of  Directors  has  approved  and  authorized  the
execution  of this  Agreement  with the  Employee  to take  effect  as stated in
Section 2 hereof;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

         1.  Definitions.

                  (a) The  term  "Change  in  Control"  means  (1) an event of a
nature  that (i)  results  in a change  in  control  of the Bank or the  Holding
Company  within the meaning of the Home  Owners'  Loan Act of 1933 and 12 C.F.R.
Part 574 as in  effect  on the date  hereof;  or (ii)  would be  required  to be
reported in  response to Item 1 of the current  report on Form 8-K, as in effect
on the date hereof,  pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934  (the  "Exchange  Act");  (2)  any  person  (as the  term is used in
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange  Act),  directly or  indirectly  of
securities of the Bank or the Holding  Company  representing  20% or more of the
Bank's or the Holding Company's outstanding securities;  (3) individuals who are
members of the board of directors of the Bank or the Holding Company on the date
hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute at least a
majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the
date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least  three-quarters of
the directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board, or whose nomination for election
by the Holding Company's  stockholders was approved by the nominating  committee
serving under an Incumbent Board,  shall be considered a member of the Incumbent
Board; or (4) a plan of  reorganization,  merger  consolidation,  sale of all or
substantially  all of the assets of the Bank or the Holding Company or a similar
<PAGE>
transaction  in  which  the Bank or the  Holding  Company  is not the  resulting
entity.  The term  "change  in  control"  shall not  include an  acquisition  of
securities by an employee benefit plan of the Bank or the Holding Company or the
acquisition of securities of the Bank by the Holding  Company in connection with
the Conversion. In the application of 12 C.F.R. Part 574 to a determination of a
Change in Control,  determinations  to be made by the OTS or its Director  under
such regulations shall be made by the Board of Directors.

                  (b) The term  "Commencement  Date" means the 17th of December,
1997.

                  (c) The term "Date of  Termination"  means the  earlier of (1)
the date upon which the Bank gives notice to the Employee of the  termination of
his employment  with the Bank or (2) the date upon which the Employee  ceases to
serve as an Employee of the Bank.

                  (d) The term "Involuntarily  Termination" means termination of
the  employment  of  Employee  without his express  written  consent,  and shall
include a material  diminution of or  interference  with the Employee's  duties,
responsibilities  and benefits as Chief Financial Officer of the Bank, including
(without limitation) any of the following actions unless consented to in writing
by the Employee:  (1) a change in the  principal  workplace of the Employee to a
location outside of a 20 mile radius from the Bank's  headquarters  office as of
the date  hereof;  (2) a material  reduction in the number or seniority of other
Bank  personnel  reporting  to  the  Employee  or a  material  reduction  in the
frequency with which, or in the nature of the matters with respect to which such
personnel  are to  report  to the  Employee,  other  than as part of a Bank-  or
Holding  Company-wide  reduction in staff;  (3) a material adverse change in the
Employee's salary, perquisites, benefits, contingent benefits or vacation, other
than as part of an overall program applied  uniformly and with equitable  effect
to all members of the senior management of the Bank or the Holding Company;  and
(4) a material  permanent increase in the required hours of work or the workload
of the Employee. The term "Involuntary Termination" does not include Termination
for Cause or termination of employment due to retirement,  death,  disability or
suspension  or temporary  or permanent  prohibition  from  participation  in the
conduct of the Bank's affairs under Section 8 of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Act ("FDIA").

                  (e) The terms  "Termination  for  Cause" and  "Terminated  for
Cause"  mean  termination  of the  employment  of the  Employee  because  of the
Employee's personal dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful misconduct,  breach of a
fiduciary duty involving personal profit,  intentional failure to perform stated
duties,  willful  violation of any law, rule, or regulation  (other than traffic
violations or similar  offenses) or final  cease-and-desist  order,  or material
breach of any provision of this  Agreement.  The Employee shall not be deemed to
have been  Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered
to the Employee a copy of a resolution,  duly adopted by the affirmative vote of
not less than a majority of the entire  membership  of the Board of Directors of
the Bank at a  meeting  of the Board  called  and held for such  purpose  (after
reasonable notice to the Employee and an opportunity for the Employee,  together
with the Employee's counsel, to be heard before the Board),  stating that in the
good  faith  opinion  of the Board  the  Employee  has  engaged  in the  conduct
described in the preceding  sentence and specifying the  particulars  thereof in
detail.
<PAGE>
         2.  Term.  The term of this  Agreement  shall be a period  of two years
commencing on the Commencement Date, subject to earlier  termination as provided
herein. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, and on each
anniversary  thereafter,  the term of this  Agreement  shall be  extended  for a
period of one year in addition to the then-remaining term, provided that (1) the
Bank has not given  notice to the  Employee in writing at least 90 days prior to
such anniversary that the term of this Agreement shall not be extended  further;
and (2) prior to such anniversary, the Board of Directors explicitly reviews and
approves the extension.  Reference  herein to the term of this  Agreement  shall
refer to both such initial term and such extended terms.

         3. Employment.  The Employee is employed as the Chief Financial Officer
of  the  Bank.  As  Chief   Financial   Officer,   Employee  shall  render  such
administrative and management services under the supervision of the President as
are customarily  performed by persons situated in similar executive  capacities,
and shall  have such  other  powers  and duties of an officer of the Bank as the
Board of Directors may prescribe from time to time.

         4.  Compensation.

                  (a)  Salary.  The Bank agrees to pay the  Employee  during the
term of this Agreement the salary  established by the Board of Directors,  which
shall be at least the Employee's  salary in effect as of the Commencement  Date.
The amount of the Employee's salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors,
beginning  not  later  than the  first  anniversary  of the  Commencement  Date.
Adjustments in salary or other  compensation shall not limit or reduce any other
obligation of the Bank under this  Agreement.  The  Employee's  salary in effect
from time to time  during the term of this  Agreement  shall not  thereafter  be
reduced.

                  (b) Discretionary  Bonuses.  The Employee shall be entitled to
participate in an equitable manner with all other executive officers of the Bank
in discretionary bonuses as authorized and declared by the Board of Directors to
its executive  employees.  No other compensation  provided for in this Agreement
shall be deemed a substitute  for the  Employee's  right to  participate in such
bonuses when and as declared by the Board of Directors.

                  (c) Expenses. The Employee shall be entitled to receive prompt
reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee in performing
services  under this  Agreement in accordance  with the policies and  procedures
applicable  to the  executive  officers of the Bank,  provided that the Employee
accounts for such expenses as required under such policies and procedures.

         5.       Benefits.

                  (a)  Participation  in Retirement and Employee  Benefit Plans.
The Employee  shall be entitled to participate in all plans relating to pension,
thrift,  profit-sharing,  group life  insurance,  medical  and dental  coverage,
education,   cash  bonuses,   and  other  retirement  or  employee  benefits  or
combinations  thereof,  in which the Bank's executive officers  participate.  In
addition, the Employee shall be entitled to be considered for benefits under all
of the stock and stock  option  related  plans  adopted  for the  benefit of the
Bank's executive or other employees.

                  (b)  Fringe  Benefits.  The  Employee  shall  be  eligible  to
participate in, and receive benefits under, any other fringe benefit plans which
are or may become applicable to the Bank's executive officers.
<PAGE>
         6.  Vacations;  Leave.  The  Employee  shall be entitled to annual paid
vacation in  accordance  with the  policies  established  by the Bank's Board of
Directors for executive  employees  and to voluntary  leave of absence,  with or
without  pay,  from time to time at such times and upon such  conditions  as the
Board of Directors of the Bank may determine in its discretion.

         7.  Termination of Employment.

                  (a)  Involuntary  Termination.  The  Board  of  Directors  may
terminate  the  Employee's  employment at any time,  but,  except in the case of
Termination  for  Cause,  termination  of  employment  shall not  prejudice  the
Employee's right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement.  In the
event of Involuntary  Termination other than in connection with or within twelve
(12) months  after a Change in Control,  (1) the Bank shall pay to the  Employee
during the remaining  term of this  Agreement,  his salary at the rate in effect
immediately prior to the Date of Termination, payable in such manner and at such
times as such salary would have been payable to the Employee  under Section 2 if
the  Employee had  continued to be employed by the Bank,  and (2) the Bank shall
provide to the  Employee  during the  remaining  term of this  Agreement  health
benefits as  maintained  by the Bank for the benefit of its  executive  officers
from time to time during the remaining term of the Agreement.

                  (b)  Termination  for Cause.  In the event of Termination  for
Cause,  the  Bank  shall  pay  the  Employee  his  salary  through  the  date of
termination, and the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee under
this Agreement.

                  (c) Voluntary  Termination.  The Employee's  employment may be
voluntarily  terminated by the Employee at any time upon 90 days written  notice
to the Bank or upon  such  shorter  period  as may be agreed  upon  between  the
Employee and the Board of Directors of the Bank. In the event of such  voluntary
termination,  the Bank shall be  obligated  to continue to pay the  Employee his
salary and  benefits  only  through  the date of  termination,  at the time such
payments are due, and the Bank shall have no further  obligation to the Employee
under this Agreement.

                  (d) Change in Control. In the event of Involuntary Termination
in connection with or within 12 months after a change in control which occurs at
any time while the Employee is employed  under this  Agreement,  the Bank shall,
subject to Section 8 of this Agreement, (1) pay to the Employee in a lump sum in
cash within 25 business  days after the Date of  Termination  an amount equal to
200% of the Employee's  "base amount" as defined in Section 280G of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code");  and (2) provide to the Employee
during  the  remaining  term of  this  Agreement  such  health  benefits  as are
maintained  for  executive  officers  of the Bank from time to time  during  the
remaining term of this Agreement.

                  (e)  Death;  Disability.  In the  event  of the  death  of the
Employee while  employed  under this  Agreement and prior to any  termination of
employment,  the  Employee's  estate,  or such person as the  Employee  may have
previously designated in writing, shall be entitled to receive from the Bank the
salary of the Employee  through the last day of the calendar  month in which the
Employee  died. If the Employee  becomes  disabled as defined in the Bank's then
current  disability plan or if the Employee is otherwise  unable to serve in his
<PAGE>
present  capacity,  the  Employee  shall be entitled to receive  group and other
disability  income  benefits of the type then provided by the Bank for executive
officers.  In  the  event  of  such  disability,  this  Agreement  shall  not be
suspended. However, the Bank shall be obligated to pay the Employee compensation
pursuant  to  Sections  4(a) and (b) hereof  only to the  extent the  Employee's
salary, in the absence of such disability,  would exceed (on an after tax basis)
the disability income benefits received pursuant to this paragraph. In addition,
the Bank shall have the right,  upon  resolution  of its Board,  to  discontinue
paying cash compensation  pursuant to Sections 4(a) and (b) beginning six months
following a determination that Employee  qualifies for the foregoing  disability
income benefits.

                  (f) Temporary  Suspension or  Prohibition.  If the Employee is
suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs by a notice served under Section  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA,
12 U.S.C. ss. 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1), the Bank's obligations under this Agreement
shall be  suspended  as of the date of  service,  unless  stayed by  appropriate
proceedings.  If the  charges in the notice are  dismissed,  the Bank may in its
discretion (1) pay the Employee all or part of the  compensation  withheld while
its obligations  under this Agreement were suspended and (ii) reinstate in whole
or in part any of its obligations which were suspended.

                  (g) Permanent  Suspension or  Prohibition.  If the Employee is
removed and/or  permanently  prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs by an order issued under Section  8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA,
12 U.S.C.  ss.  1818(e)(4)  and (g)(1),  all  obligations of the Bank under this
Agreement  shall  terminate as of the  effective  date of the order,  but vested
rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

                  (h) Default of the Bank. If the Bank is in default (as defined
in Section  3(x)(1) of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this Agreement  shall
terminate  as of the date of default,  but this  provision  shall not affect any
vested rights of the contracting parties.

                  (i)  Termination by  Regulators.  All  obligations  under this
Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation
of this  Agreement is necessary for the continued  operation of the Bank: (1) by
the Director of the Office of Thrift  Supervision (the "Director") or his or her
designee,  at  the  time  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or  the
Resolution Trust Corporation  enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to
or on behalf of the Bank under the  authority  contained in Section 13(c) of the
FDIA; or (2) by the Director or his or her designee, at the time the Director or
his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to
operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an
unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
however, shall not be affected by any such action.

         8. Certain Reduction of Payments by the Bank.

                  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,  if
payments under this Agreement,  together with any other payments  received or to
be received by the Employee in  connection  with a Change in Control would cause
any amount to be  nondeductible  by the Bank or the Holding  Company for federal
income tax purposes  pursuant to Section 280G of the Code,  then benefits  under
this Agreement shall be reduced (not less than zero) to the extent  necessary so
as to maximize  payments to the  Employee  without  causing any amount to become
nondeductible by the Bank or the Holding  Company.  The Employee shall determine
the allocation of such reduction among payments to the Employee.
<PAGE>
                  (b)  Any  payments  made  to the  Employee  pursuant  to  this
Agreement,  or otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned  upon their compliance
with 12 U.S.C. 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

         9. No  Mitigation.  The Employee  shall not be required to mitigate the
amount of any salary or other payment or benefit  provided for in this Agreement
by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or
benefit provided for in this Agreement be reduced by any compensation  earned by
the Employee as the result of  employment  by another  employer,  by  retirement
benefits after the date of termination or otherwise.

         10.  Attorneys  Fees.  In the  event  the Bank  exercises  its right of
Termination for Cause, but it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction
or by an  arbitrator  pursuant  to  Section 18 that cause did not exist for such
termination, or if in any event it is determined by any such court or arbitrator
that the Bank has  failed to make  timely  payment  of any  amounts  owed to the
Employee under this Agreement,  the Employee shall be entitled to  reimbursement
for all reasonable  costs,  including  attorneys' fees,  incurred in challenging
such  termination or collecting  such amounts.  Such  reimbursement  shall be in
addition to all rights to which the  Employee is otherwise  entitled  under this
Agreement.

         11.      Confidential Information; Loyalty; Noncompetition.

                  (a) During the term of the Employee's employment hereunder and
thereafter,  the  Employee  shall not,  except as may be required to perform his
duties  hereunder  or as  required by law,  disclose  to others or use,  whether
directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information. "Confidential Information"
means  information  about the Bank and the Bank's clients and customers which is
not available to the general  public and was or shall be learned by the Employee
in the course of his employment by the Bank,  including  without  limitation any
data,  formulae,  information,  proprietary  knowledge,  trade  secrets,  credit
reports and analyses owned,  developed and used in the course of the business of
the Bank,  including client and customer lists and information  related thereto;
and all papers,  records and other documents (and all copies thereof)  contained
such Confidential Information.  The Employee acknowledges that such Confidential
Information is specialized, unique in nature and of great value to the Bank. The
Employee  agrees that upon the expiration of the  Employee's  term of employment
hereunder or in the event the  Employee's  employment  hereunder  is  terminated
prior thereto for any reason  whatsoever,  the Employee will promptly deliver to
the Bank all documents  (and all copies  thereof)  containing  any  Confidential
Information.

                  (b) The Employee shall devote his full time to the performance
of his employment under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Employee may
serve, without compensation, as a director of charitable, community and industry
organizations  and continue to serve,  with  compensation,  as a director of the
business  corporations  of which he is  currently  a director to the extent such
directorships  do not  inhibit  the  performance  of his  duties  thereunder  or
conflict  with the  business  of the  Bank.  During  the term of the  Employee's
employment hereunder,  the Employee shall not engage in any business or activity
contrary to the business affairs or interests of the Bank.

                  (c)  Upon  the  expiration  of  the  term  of  the  Employee's
employment  hereunder  or in  the  event  the  Employee's  employment  hereunder
terminates prior thereto for any reason whatsoever,  the Employee shall not, for
a period of one year after the occurrence of such event, for himself,  or as the
<PAGE>
agent of, on behalf of, or in conjunction with, any person or entity, solicit or
attempt to solicit, whether directly or indirectly: (i) any employee of the Bank
to terminate such employee's employment  relationship with the Bank; or (ii) any
savings and loan,  banking or similar business from any person or entity that is
or was a  client,  employee,  or  customer  of the Bank and had  dealt  with the
Employee  or any  other  employee  of the  Bank  under  the  supervision  of the
Employee.

                  (d) In the event  Employee  voluntarily  resigns  pursuant  to
Section 7(c) of this  Agreement,  the Employee  shall not, for a period equal to
the lesser of one year from the date of  termination  or the period during which
the Bank is obligated  to continue to pay the  Employee his salary,  directly or
indirectly,  own, manage,  operate or control,  or participate in the ownership,
management,  operation  or control  of, or be employed  by or  connected  in any
manner with, any financial institution having an office located within ten miles
of any office of the Bank as of the date of termination.

                  (e) The  provisions  of this  Section 11 shall not prevent the
Employee from purchasing,  solely for investment, not more than 5 percent of any
financial  institution's  stock or other  securities  which  are  traded  on any
national or regional securities.

                  (f)  The   provisions   of  this  Section  shall  survive  the
termination of the Employee's  employment hereunder whether by expiration of the
term thereof or otherwise.

         12.  No Assignments.

                  (a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties  hereto,
and  neither  party may  assign or  delegate  any of its  rights or  obligations
hereunder  without  first  obtaining  the  written  consent of the other  party;
provided,  however, that the Bank shall require any successor or assign (whether
direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially  all of the business  and/or  assets of the Bank, by an assumption
agreement  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to expressly
assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Bank would be required  to perform it if no such  succession  or
assignment  had taken  place.  Failure of the Bank to obtain such an  assumption
agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall
be a breach of this  Agreement  and shall  entitle the Employee to  compensation
from the  Bank in the same  amount  and on the  same  terms as the  compensation
pursuant to Section 7(d) hereof.  For purposes of implementing the provisions of
this Section  12(a),  the date on which any such  succession  becomes  effective
shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

                  (b) This  Agreement  and all rights of the Employee  hereunder
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's  personal and
legal   representatives,    executors,   administrators,    successors,   heirs,
distributees,  devisees  and  legatees.  If the  Employee  should  die while any
amounts  would still be payable to the  Employee  hereunder  if the Employee had
continued to live, all such amounts,  unless otherwise provided herein, shall be
paid in accordance  with the terms of this Agreement to the Employee's  devisee,
legatee or other  designee or if there is no such  designee,  to the  Employee's
estate.
<PAGE>
         13. Notice.  For the purposes of this Agreement,  notices and all other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when  personally  delivered  or sent by certified
mail, return receipt requested,  postage prepaid, to the Bank at its home office
the  attention  of the Board of  Directors  with a copy to the  Secretary of the
Bank,  or, if the  Employee,  to such home or other  address as the Employee has
most recently provided in writing to the Bank.

         14.  Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise
provided.

         15. Paragraph  Headings.  The paragraph headings used in this Agreement
are  included  solely  for  convenience  and  shall  not  affect,  or be used in
connection with, the interpretation of this Agreement.

         16.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

         17.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
United States to the extent applicable and otherwise by the laws of the State of
New York.

         18.  Arbitration.  Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under  or in
connection  with this Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in
accordance  with  the  rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in
effect.  Judgment may be entered on the  arbitrator's  award in any court having
jurisdiction.
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

         THIS AGREEMENT  CONTAINS A BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

Attest:                                  Schenectady Federal Savings Bank

- ---------------------                    ---------------------------
Secretary
                                         By:
                                         Its:


                                         EMPLOYEE

                                         ----------------------------
                                         David Jurczynski


                      CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT


                  THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL  SEVERANCE  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is
made and  entered  into as of this 13th day of  December,  1995,  by and between
SCHENECTADY  FEDERAL  SAVINGS BANK, a federally  chartered  savings  institution
(which,  together  with any successor  thereto  which  executes and delivers the
assumption  agreement  provided for in Section  11(a) hereof or which  otherwise
becomes bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law,
is  hereinafter  referred to as the  "Company"),  and Michael J.  Krywinski (the
"Employee") whose residence address is 34 Omega Terrace Latham, NY 12110.

         WHEREAS,  the  Employee is currently  serving as the Vice  President of
Lending of the Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Company  has  adopted a plan of  conversion  whereby the
Company  will convert (the  "Conversion")  to capital  stock form and become the
wholly owned subsidiary of SFS Bancorp, Inc. (the "Holding Company"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors of the Company  recognizes that, as is
the case with publicly held corporations generally,  the possibility of a change
in control of the Holding Company may exist and that such  possibility,  and the
uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management, may result in the
departure or  distraction  of key  management  personnel to the detriment of the
Company and its stockholder; and

         WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors  of the Company  believes it is in the
best  interests of the Company to enter into this Agreement with the Employee in
order to assure  continuity  of  management  of the Company and to reinforce and
encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Employee to his assigned
duties without dis traction in the face of potentially disruptive  circumstances
arising  from the  possibility  of a change in control of the  Holding  Company,
although no such change is now contemplated; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  has  approved  and
authorized  the execution of this  Agreement with the Employee to take effect as
stated in Section 1 hereof;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants  and  agreements  of the parties  herein con  tained,  it is AGREED as
follows:

1.       TERM OF AGREEMENT.

         The term of this Agreement  shall be deemed to have commenced as of the
date of the  completion  of the  Company's  conversion  to stock  form and shall
continue for a period of twelve (12) full calendar months thereafter. Commencing
on the first monthly  anniversary  date of this Agreement and continuing at each
monthly  anniversary  date  thereafter,  this Agreement  shall be extended for a
period of one month in addition to the  then-remaining  term of employment under
this Agreement, unless either the Company or the Employee gives contrary written
notice to the other  not less than 90 days in  advance  of the date on which the
term of employment under this Agreement would otherwise be extended.
<PAGE>
         Notwithstanding  any other  statement or provision in this Agreement to
the contrary,  beginning on the first annual anniversary date of the conversion,
this Agreement will not be automatically extended unless, within 13 months prior
thereto,  the Board of  Directors  of the Company  reviews a formal  performance
evaluation of the Employee  performed by the disinterested  members of the Board
of  Directors  of the  Company  and  reflected  in the  minutes  of the Board of
Directors.

2.       PAYMENTS TO THE EMPLOYEE UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL.

         (a) Upon the  occurrence of a Change in Control (as herein  defined) of
the Company or the Holding Company  followed at any time during the term of this
Agreement by the  involuntary  termination of the Employee's  employment,  other
than for cause,  as defined in Section 2(d) hereof,  the provisions of Section 3
shall apply.

         (b) A "change in  control"  of the  Company or the  Holding  Company is
defined  solely as any  acquisition of control (other than by a trustee or other
fiduciary  holding  securities  under an  employee  benefit  plan of the Holding
Company or a subsidiary  of the Holding  Company),  as defined in 12 C.F.R.  ss.
574.4,  or any  successor  regulation,  of the Company or Holding  Company which
would require the filing of an application  for acquisition of control or notice
of change in control  in a manner as set forth in 12 C.F.R.  ss.  574.3,  or any
successor regulation.

         (c) The Employee's employment under this Agreement may be terminated at
any time by the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company.  The  terms  "involuntary
termination" or "involuntarily  terminated" in this Agreement shall refer to the
termination of the employment of Employee  without his express written  consent.
In addition,  a material  diminution  of the  Employee's  benefits or an adverse
change  in the  quality  of the work  environment  shall  be  deemed  and  shall
constitute  an  involuntary  termination  of  employment  to the same  extent as
express notice of such involuntary termination. By way of example and not by way
of  limitation,  any of the following  actions,  if  unreasonable  or materially
adverse to the Employee, shall constitute such diminution or interference unless
consented to in writing by the Employee:  (1) change in the principal  workplace
of the  Employee to a location  outside of a 20 mile  radius from the  Company's
headquarters  office as of the date hereof; (2) a reduction or adverse change in
the scope or nature of the  secretarial or other  administrative  support of the
Employee;  (3) a  reduction  or  adverse  change  in  the  salary,  perquisites,
benefits,  contingent  benefits  or  vacation  time which had  theretofore  been
provided  to the  Employee,  other  than as part of an overall  program  applied
uniformly and with equitable  effect to all members of the senior  management of
the Company or the Holding Company;  and (4) a material increase in the required
hours of work or the workload of the Employee.

         (d) The  Employee  shall  not have the  right  to  receive  termination
benefits  pursuant to Section 3 hereof upon  termination for cause. For purposes
of this  Agreement,  termination  for  "cause"  shall  include  termination  for
personal  dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful misconduct,  breach of a fiduciary
duty involving  personal profit,  intentional  failure to perform stated duties,
willful  violation of any material law,  rule, or regulation  (other than a law,
rule or regulation  relating to a traffic violation or similar offense) or final
cease-and-desist  order,  or material breach of any provision of this Agreement.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Employee  shall not be deemed to have been
terminated  for cause  unless and until there shall have been  delivered  to the
<PAGE>
Employee a copy of a  resolution,  duly adopted by the  affirmative  vote of not
less than a majority of the entire  membership  of the Board of Directors of the
Company  at a  meeting  of the Board  called  and held for such  purpose  (after
reasonable notice to the Employee and an opportunity for the Employee,  together
with the Employee's counsel, to be heard before the Board),  stating that in the
good faith opinion of the Board the Employee was guilty of conduct con stituting
"cause" as set forth above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

3. TERMINATION BENEFITS.

         (a) Upon  the  occurrence  of a  change  in  control,  followed  by the
involuntary termination of the Employee's employment,  other than for cause, the
Company  shall pay to the Employee in a lump sum in cash within 25 business days
after the date of severance of  employment an amount equal to 100 percent of the
Employee's  "base amount" of compensation,  as defined in Section  280G(b)(3) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"). At the discretion of the
Employee,  upon an election pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof, such payment may be
made, on a pro rata basis,  semi-monthly during the twelve (12) months following
the Employee's termination.

         (b) Upon the  occurrence  of a change in control of the  Company or the
Holding  Company  followed  by the  involuntary  termination  of the  Employee's
employment,  other  than for  cause,  the  Company  shall  cause life and health
insurance  coverage  (substantially  similar to the coverage  maintained  by the
Company for the Employee  prior to his  severance) to be maintained for a period
of 12 months or for the remaining term of the agreement, whichever is greater.

4.       CERTAIN REDUCTION OF PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.

         (a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,  in the
event it shall be determined  that any payment or distribution by the Company to
or for the benefit of the Employee  (whether paid or payable or  distributed  or
distributable  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or  otherwise)  (a
"Payment") would be nondeductible  (in whole or part) by the Company for Federal
income tax  purposes  because of Section  280G of the Code,  then the  aggregate
present value of amounts payable or  distributable  to or for the benefit of the
Employee  pursuant to this  Agreement  (such  amounts  payable or  distributable
pursuant to this Agreement are hereinafter referred to as "Agreement  Payments")
shall be reduced to the Reduced Amount. The "Reduced Amount" shall be an amount,
not less than zero,  expressed in present  value which  maximizes  the aggregate
present  value  of  Agreement   Payments  without  causing  any  Payment  to  be
nondeductible  by the Company  because of Section 280G of the Code. For purposes
of this Section 4, present value shall be determined in accordance  with Section
280G(d)(4) of the Code.

         (b) All  determinations  required to be made under this Section 4 shall
be  made by the  Company's  independent  auditors,  or at the  election  of such
auditors  by such other firm or  individuals  of  recognized  expertise  as such
auditors  may  select  (such  auditors  or, if  applicable,  such  other firm or
individual,  are hereinafter  referred to as the "Advisory Firm").  The Advisory
Firm  shall  within ten  business  days of the Date of  Termination,  or at such
earlier time as is requested by the Company, provide to both the Company and the
Employee an opinion (and detailed supporting  calculations) that the Company has
substantial  authority to deduct for federal income tax purposes the full amount
of the Agreement Payments and that the Employee has substantial authority not to
report on his federal  income tax return any excise tax imposed by Section  4999
of the Code with respect to the Agreement  Payments.  Any such determination and
opinion by the Advisory Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Employee.
The  Employee  shall  determine  which and how much,  if any,  of the  Agreement
<PAGE>
Payments shall be eliminated or reduced consistent with the requirements of this
Section 4,  provided  that,  if the  Employee  does not make such  determination
within ten business days of the receipt of the calculations made by the Advisory
Firm,  the  Company  shall elect  which and how much,  if any, of the  Agreement
Payments shall be eliminated or reduced consistent with the requirements of this
Section 4 and shall notify the Employee  promptly of such election.  Within five
business  days of the  earlier of (i) the  Company's  receipt of the  Employee's
determination  pursuant to the immediately  preceding sentence of this Agreement
or (ii) the Company's election in lieu of such determination,  the Company shall
pay to or  distribute  to or for the benefit of the Employee such amounts as are
then due the Employee under this  Agreement.  The Company and the Employee shall
cooperate fully with the Advisory Firm,  including without limitation  providing
to the Advisory Firm all information and materials  reasonably  requested by it,
in connection with the making of the determinations  required under this Section
4.

         (c) As a result of  uncertainty  in  application of Section 280G of the
Code at the time of the initial determination by the Advisory Firm hereunder, it
is possible  that  Agreement  Payments  will have been made by the Company which
should not have been made  ("Overpayment") or that additional Agreement Payments
will not have been made by the Company  which  should have been made  ("Underpay
ment"),  in each case,  consistent  with the  calculations  required  to be made
hereunder.  In the event that the Advisory Firm, based upon the assertion by the
Internal Revenue Service against the Employee of a deficiency which the Advisory
Firm believes has a high  probability of success  determines that an Overpayment
has been made, any such Overpayment paid or distributed by the Company to or for
the  benefit of Employee  shall be treated for all  purposes as a loan ab initio
which the  Employee  shall repay to the Company  together  with  interest at the
applicable  federal  rate  provided  for in  Section  7872(f)(2)  of  the  Code;
provided,  however,  that no such loan  shall be deemed to have been made and no
amount shall be payable by the Employee to the Company if and to the extent such
deemed loan and payment would not either reduce the amount on which the Employee
is subject to tax under  Section 1 and  Section  4999 of the Code or  generate a
refund  of  such  taxes.  In the  event  that  the  Advisory  Firm,  based  upon
controlling  preceding  or other  sub  stantial  authority,  determines  that an
Underpayment has occurred,  any such Underpayment  shall be promptly paid by the
Company to or for the  benefit of the  Employee  together  with  interest at the
applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.

 5. REQUIRED REGULATORY PROVISIONS.

         (a) The Company may  terminate the  Employee's  employment at any time,
but any termination by the Company,  other than a termination  for cause,  shall
not prejudice the Employee's  right to compensation or other benefits under this
Agreement.  The  Employee  shall not have the right to receive  compensation  or
other  benefits  for any  period  after a  termination  for cause as  defined in
Section 2(d) hereinabove.

         (b) If  the  Employee  is  suspended  from  office  and/or  temporarily
prohibited  from  participating  in the  conduct of the  Company's  affairs by a
notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Act ("FDIA"),  12 U.S.C. ss.  1818(e)(3) and (g)(1),  the Company's  obligations
under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed
by  appropriate  proceedings.  If the charges in the notice are  dismissed,  the
Company  may  in its  discretion  (i)  pay  the  Employee  all  or  part  of the
compensation  withheld while its obligations under this Agreement were suspended
and  (ii)  reinstate  in  whole or in part  any of the  obligations  which  were
suspended.
<PAGE>
         (c)  If  the  Employee  is  removed  from  office  and/or   permanently
prohibited  from  participating  in the conduct of the  Company's  affairs by an
order  issued  under  Section  8(e)(4)  or  (g)(1) of the  FDIA,  12 U.S.C.  ss.
1818(e)(4) or (g)(1),  all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall
terminate,  as of the  effective  date of the order,  but  vested  rights of the
parties shall not be affected.

         (d) If the Company becomes in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of
the FDIA),  all obligations  under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date
of  default,  but this  provision  shall not  affect  any  vested  rights of the
parties.

         (e) All obligations  under this Agreement may be terminated,  except to
the extent  determined that  continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the
continued operation of the Company:  (i) by the Director or his or her designee,
at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") or the Resolution
Trust  Corporation  ("RTC")  at the  time  the  FDIC or the RTC  enters  into an
agreement  to  provide  assistance  to or on  behalf  of the  Company  under the
authority contained in Section 13(c) of the FDIA, or (ii) by the Director of the
Office of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS")  or his or her  designee  at the time the
Director  or his or her  designee  approves  a  supervisory  merger  to  resolve
problems  related to operation of the Company or when the Company is  determined
by the  Director  to be in an unsafe or  unsound  condition.  Any  rights of the
parties that have  already  vested,  however,  shall not be affected by any such
action. 

6. REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS UNDER SECTION 9(b).

         In the event the Employee is suspended  and/or  temporarily  prohibited
from participating in the conduct of the Company's affairs by a notice described
in Section 12 hereof  (the  "Notice")  during the term of this  Agreement  and a
change in control occurs,  the Company will assume its obligation to pay and the
Employee will be entitled to receive all of the  termination  benefits  provided
for under Section 3 of this Agreement upon the Company's  receipt of a dismissal
of charges in the Notice. 

 7. EFFECT ON PRIOR  AGREEMENTS  AND EXISTING  BENEFIT PLANS.

         This Agreement  contains the entire  understanding  between the parties
hereto and supersedes any prior agreement  between the Company and the Employee,
except that this Agreement  shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or
compensation inuring to the Employee of a kind elsewhere provided.  No provision
of this  Agreement  shall be interpreted to mean that the Employee is subject to
receiving fewer benefits than those  available to him without  reference to this
Agreement.

8.       NO ATTACHMENT.

         (a) Except as required by law, no right to receive  payments under this
Agreement  shall be  subject to  anticipation,  commutation,  alienation,  sale,
assignment,  encumbrance,  charge,  pledge, or  hypothecation,  or to execution,
attachment,  levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any
attempt,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  to affect any such action  shall be null,
void, and of no effect.

         (b) This Agreement  shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of,
the Employee, the Company and their respective successors and assigns.
<PAGE>
9.       MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

         (a)  This  Agreement  may  not be  modified  or  amended  except  by an
instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

         (b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision
of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged with such
waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing  waiver
unless specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as
to the specific  term or condition  waived and shall not  constitute a waiver of
such  term  or  condition  for  the  future  or as to any act  other  than  that
specifically waived.

10.  NO MITIGATION.

         The amount of any  payment or benefit  provided  for in this  Agreement
shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Employee as the result of
employment  by  another  employer,  by  retirement  benefits  after  the date of
termination or otherwise.

11.  NO ASSIGNMENTS.

         (a) This  Agreement  is  personal to each of the  parties  hereto,  and
neither party may assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations  hereunder
without  first  obtaining  the  written  consent of the other  party;  provided,
however,  that the Company will require any successor or assign  (whether direct
or  indirect,  by  purchase,  merger,  consolidation  or  otherwise)  to  all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by an assumption
agreement  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to expressly
assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession or
assignment had taken place.  Failure of the Company to obtain such an assumption
agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall
be a breach of this  Agreement  and shall  entitle the Employee to  compensation
from the  Company in the same  amount and on the same terms as the  compensation
pursuant to Section 3 hereof.  For purposes of  implementing  the  provisions of
this Section  11(a),  the date on which any such  succession  becomes  effective
shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

         (b) This Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure
to the  benefit  of and be  enforceable  by the  Employee's  personal  and legal
representatives,  executors,  administrators,  successors,  heirs, distributees,
devisees and legatees.  If the Employee should die while any amounts would still
be payable to the Employee  hereunder if the Employee had continued to live, all
such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement to the Employee's devisee, legatee or other designee
or if there is no such designee, to the Employee's estate.

12.  NOTICE.

         For  the   purposes   of  this   Agreement,   notices   and  all  other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when  personally  delivered  or sent by certified
mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage prepaid,  addressed to the respective
<PAGE>
addresses  set  forth on the first  page of this  Agreement  (provided  that all
notices  to the  Company  shall be  directed  to the  attention  of the Board of
Directors of the Company with a copy to the  Secretary  of the  Company),  or to
such other  address as either  party may have fur nished to the other in writing
in accordance herewith.

13.  AMENDMENTS.

         No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding unless in
writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise provided.

14.  PARAGRAPH HEADINGS.

         The paragraph  headings used in this Agreement are included  solely for
convenience  and  shall  not  affect,   or  be  used  in  connection  with,  the
interpretation of this Agreement.

15.  SEVERABILITY.

         The  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed  severable and the
invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

16.  GOVERNING LAW.

         This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the United  States to
the extent applicable and otherwise by the laws of the State of New York.

17.  ARBITRATION.

         Any dispute or  controversy  arising under or in  connection  with this
Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by  arbitration in accordance  with the
rules of the American  Arbitration  Association then in effect.  Judgment may be
entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction.

18.      REIMBURSEMENT.

         In the event the Company  purports to terminate the Employee for cause,
but it is  determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction  or by an arbitrator
pursuant to Section 17 that cause did not exist for such  termination,  or if in
any event it is deter mined by any such court or arbitrator that the Company has
failed to make timely  payment of any amounts  owed to the  Employee  under this
Agreement,  the Employee shall be entitled to  reimbursement  for all reasonable
costs,  including  attorneys' fees,  incurred in challenging such termination or
collecting such amounts.  Such reimbursement  shall be in addition to all rights
to which the Em ployee is otherwise entitled under this Agreement.
<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.
         THIS AGREEMENT  CONTAINS A BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

ATTEST:                                         SCHENECTADY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK



                                            By:
Richard D. Ammian, Secretary                     Joseph H. Giaquinto, President




WITNESS:                                             EMPLOYEE

                      CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT


                  THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL  SEVERANCE  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is
made and  entered  into as of this 13th day of  December,  1995,  by and between
SCHENECTADY  FEDERAL  SAVINGS BANK, a federally  chartered  savings  institution
(which,  together  with any successor  thereto  which  executes and delivers the
assumption  agreement  provided for in Section  11(a) hereof or which  otherwise
becomes bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law,
is  hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Company"),  and  William  Pezzula  (the
"Employee") whose residence address is 11 Ravenwood Drive, Albany, NY 12205.

         WHEREAS, the Employee is currently serving as the Vice
President of Retail Banking of the Company; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Company  has  adopted a plan of  conversion  whereby the
Company  will convert (the  "Conversion")  to capital  stock form and become the
wholly owned subsidiary of SFS Bancorp, Inc. (the "Holding Company"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors of the Company  recognizes that, as is
the case with publicly held corporations generally,  the possibility of a change
in control of the Holding Company may exist and that such  possibility,  and the
uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management, may result in the
departure or  distraction  of key  management  personnel to the detriment of the
Company and its stockholder; and

         WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors  of the Company  believes it is in the
best  interests of the Company to enter into this Agreement with the Employee in
order to assure  continuity  of  management  of the Company and to reinforce and
encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Employee to his assigned
duties without dis traction in the face of potentially disruptive  circumstances
arising  from the  possibility  of a change in control of the  Holding  Company,
although no such change is now contemplated; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  has  approved  and
authorized  the execution of this  Agreement with the Employee to take effect as
stated in Section 1 hereof;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants  and  agreements  of the parties  herein con  tained,  it is AGREED as
follows:

1.       TERM OF AGREEMENT.

         The term of this Agreement  shall be deemed to have commenced as of the
date of the  completion  of the  Company's  conversion  to stock  form and shall
continue for a period of twelve (12) full calendar months thereafter. Commencing
on the first monthly  anniversary  date of this Agreement and continuing at each
monthly  anniversary  date  thereafter,  this Agreement  shall be extended for a
period of one month in addition to the  then-remaining  term of employment under
this Agreement, unless either the Company or the Employee gives contrary written
notice to the other  not less than 90 days in  advance  of the date on which the
term of employment under this Agreement would otherwise be extended.

         Notwithstanding  any other  statement or provision in this Agreement to
the contrary,  beginning on the first annual anniversary date of the conversion,
this Agreement will not be automatically extended unless, within 13 months prior
thereto,  the Board of  Directors  of the Company  reviews a formal  performance
evaluation of the Employee  performed by the disinterested  members of the Board
of  Directors  of the  Company  and  reflected  in the  minutes  of the Board of
Directors.

2.       PAYMENTS TO THE EMPLOYEE UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL.

         (a) Upon the  occurrence of a Change in Control (as herein  defined) of
the Company or the Holding Company  followed at any time during the term of this
Agreement by the  involuntary  termination of the Employee's  employment,  other
than for cause,  as defined in Section 2(d) hereof,  the provisions of Section 3
shall apply.

         (b) A "change in  control"  of the  Company or the  Holding  Company is
defined  solely as any  acquisition of control (other than by a trustee or other
fiduciary  holding  securities  under an  employee  benefit  plan of the Holding
Company or a subsidiary  of the Holding  Company),  as defined in 12 C.F.R.  ss.
574.4,  or any  successor  regulation,  of the Company or Holding  Company which
would require the filing of an application  for acquisition of control or notice
of change in control  in a manner as set forth in 12 C.F.R.  ss.  574.3,  or any
successor regulation.

         (c) The Employee's employment under this Agreement may be terminated at
any time by the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company.  The  terms  "involuntary
termination" or "involuntarily  terminated" in this Agreement shall refer to the
termination of the employment of Employee  without his express written  consent.
In addition,  a material  diminution  of the  Employee's  benefits or an adverse
change  in the  quality  of the work  environment  shall  be  deemed  and  shall
constitute  an  involuntary  termination  of  employment  to the same  extent as
express notice of such involuntary termination. By way of example and not by way
of  limitation,  any of the following  actions,  if  unreasonable  or materially
adverse to the Employee, shall constitute such diminution or interference unless
consented to in writing by the Employee:  (1) change in the principal  workplace
of the  Employee to a location  outside of a 20 mile  radius from the  Company's
headquarters  office as of the date hereof; (2) a reduction or adverse change in
the scope or nature of the  secretarial or other  administrative  support of the
Employee;  (3) a  reduction  or  adverse  change  in  the  salary,  perquisites,
benefits,  contingent  benefits  or  vacation  time which had  theretofore  been
provided  to the  Employee,  other  than as part of an overall  program  applied
uniformly and with equitable  effect to all members of the senior  management of
the Company or the Holding Company;  and (4) a material increase in the required
hours of work or the workload of the Employee.

         (d) The  Employee  shall  not have the  right  to  receive  termination
benefits  pursuant to Section 3 hereof upon  termination for cause. For purposes
of this  Agreement,  termination  for  "cause"  shall  include  termination  for
personal  dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful misconduct,  breach of a fiduciary
duty involving  personal profit,  intentional  failure to perform stated duties,
willful  violation of any material law,  rule, or regulation  (other than a law,
rule or regulation  relating to a traffic violation or similar offense) or final
cease-and-desist  order,  or material breach of any provision of this Agreement.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Employee  shall not be deemed to have been
terminated  for cause  unless and until there shall have been  delivered  to the
Employee a copy of a  resolution,  duly adopted by the  affirmative  vote of not
less than a majority of the entire  membership  of the Board of Directors of the
Company  at a  meeting  of the Board  called  and held for such  purpose  (after
reasonable notice to the Employee and an opportunity for the Employee,  together
with the Employee's counsel, to be heard before the Board),  stating that in the
good faith opinion of the Board the Employee was guilty of conduct con stituting
"cause" as set forth above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

3.       TERMINATION BENEFITS.

         (a) Upon  the  occurrence  of a  change  in  control,  followed  by the
involuntary termination of the Employee's employment,  other than for cause, the
Company  shall pay to the Employee in a lump sum in cash within 25 business days
after the date of severance of  employment an amount equal to 100 percent of the
Employee's  "base amount" of compensation,  as defined in Section  280G(b)(3) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"). At the discretion of the
Employee,  upon an election pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof, such payment may be
made, on a pro rata basis,  semi-monthly during the twelve (12) months following
the Employee's termination.

         (b) Upon the  occurrence  of a change in control of the  Company or the
Holding  Company  followed  by the  involuntary  termination  of the  Employee's
employment,  other  than for  cause,  the  Company  shall  cause life and health
insurance  coverage  (substantially  similar to the coverage  maintained  by the
Company for the Employee  prior to his  severance) to be maintained for a period
of 12 months or for the remaining term of the agreement, whichever is greater.

4.       CERTAIN REDUCTION OF PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.

         (a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,  in the
event it shall be determined  that any payment or distribution by the Company to
or for the benefit of the Employee  (whether paid or payable or  distributed  or
distributable  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or  otherwise)  (a
"Payment") would be nondeductible  (in whole or part) by the Company for Federal
income tax  purposes  because of Section  280G of the Code,  then the  aggregate
present value of amounts payable or  distributable  to or for the benefit of the
Employee  pursuant to this  Agreement  (such  amounts  payable or  distributable
pursuant to this Agreement are hereinafter referred to as "Agreement  Payments")
shall be reduced to the Reduced Amount. The "Reduced Amount" shall be an amount,
not less than zero,  expressed in present  value which  maximizes  the aggregate
present  value  of  Agreement   Payments  without  causing  any  Payment  to  be
nondeductible  by the Company  because of Section 280G of the Code. For purposes
of this Section 4, present value shall be determined in accordance  with Section
280G(d)(4) of the Code.

         (b) All  determinations  required to be made under this Section 4 shall
be  made by the  Company's  independent  auditors,  or at the  election  of such
auditors  by such other firm or  individuals  of  recognized  expertise  as such
auditors  may  select  (such  auditors  or, if  applicable,  such  other firm or
individual,  are hereinafter  referred to as the "Advisory Firm").  The Advisory
Firm  shall  within ten  business  days of the Date of  Termination,  or at such
earlier time as is requested by the Company, provide to both the Company and the
Employee an opinion (and detailed supporting  calculations) that the Company has
substantial  authority to deduct for federal income tax purposes the full amount
of the Agreement Payments and that the Employee has substantial authority not to
report on his federal  income tax return any excise tax imposed by Section  4999
of the Code with respect to the Agreement  Payments.  Any such determination and
opinion by the Advisory Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Employee.
The  Employee  shall  determine  which and how much,  if any,  of the  Agreement
Payments shall be eliminated or reduced consistent with the requirements of this
Section 4,  provided  that,  if the  Employee  does not make such  determination
within ten business days of the receipt of the calculations made by the Advisory
Firm,  the  Company  shall elect  which and how much,  if any, of the  Agreement
Payments shall be eliminated or reduced consistent with the requirements of this
Section 4 and shall notify the Employee  promptly of such election.  Within five
business  days of the  earlier of (i) the  Company's  receipt of the  Employee's
determination  pursuant to the immediately  preceding sentence of this Agreement
or (ii) the Company's election in lieu of such determination,  the Company shall
pay to or  distribute  to or for the benefit of the Employee such amounts as are
then due the Employee under this  Agreement.  The Company and the Employee shall
cooperate fully with the Advisory Firm,  including without limitation  providing
to the Advisory Firm all information and materials  reasonably  requested by it,
in connection with the making of the determinations  required under this Section
4.

         (c) As a result of  uncertainty  in  application of Section 280G of the
Code at the time of the initial determination by the Advisory Firm hereunder, it
is possible  that  Agreement  Payments  will have been made by the Company which
should not have been made  ("Overpayment") or that additional Agreement Payments
will not have been made by the Company  which  should have been made  ("Underpay
ment"),  in each case,  consistent  with the  calculations  required  to be made
hereunder.  In the event that the Advisory Firm, based upon the assertion by the
Internal Revenue Service against the Employee of a deficiency which the Advisory
Firm believes has a high  probability of success  determines that an Overpayment
has been made, any such Overpayment paid or distributed by the Company to or for
the  benefit of Employee  shall be treated for all  purposes as a loan ab initio
which the  Employee  shall repay to the Company  together  with  interest at the
applicable  federal  rate  provided  for in  Section  7872(f)(2)  of  the  Code;
provided,  however,  that no such loan  shall be deemed to have been made and no
amount shall be payable by the Employee to the Company if and to the extent such
deemed loan and payment would not either reduce the amount on which the Employee
is subject to tax under  Section 1 and  Section  4999 of the Code or  generate a
refund  of  such  taxes.  In the  event  that  the  Advisory  Firm,  based  upon
controlling  preceding  or other  sub  stantial  authority,  determines  that an
Underpayment has occurred,  any such Underpayment  shall be promptly paid by the
Company to or for the  benefit of the  Employee  together  with  interest at the
applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.

5. REQUIRED REGULATORY PROVISIONS.

         (a) The Company may  terminate the  Employee's  employment at any time,
but any termination by the Company,  other than a termination  for cause,  shall
not prejudice the Employee's  right to compensation or other benefits under this
Agreement.  The  Employee  shall not have the right to receive  compensation  or
other  benefits  for any  period  after a  termination  for cause as  defined in
Section 2(d) hereinabove.

         (b) If  the  Employee  is  suspended  from  office  and/or  temporarily
prohibited  from  participating  in the  conduct of the  Company's  affairs by a
notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Act ("FDIA"),  12 U.S.C. ss.  1818(e)(3) and (g)(1),  the Company's  obligations
under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed
by  appropriate  proceedings.  If the charges in the notice are  dismissed,  the
Company  may  in its  discretion  (i)  pay  the  Employee  all  or  part  of the
compensation  withheld while its obligations under this Agreement were suspended
and  (ii)  reinstate  in  whole or in part  any of the  obligations  which  were
suspended.

         (c)  If  the  Employee  is  removed  from  office  and/or   permanently
prohibited  from  participating  in the conduct of the  Company's  affairs by an
order  issued  under  Section  8(e)(4)  or  (g)(1) of the  FDIA,  12 U.S.C.  ss.
1818(e)(4) or (g)(1),  all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall
terminate,  as of the  effective  date of the order,  but  vested  rights of the
parties shall not be affected.

         (d) If the Company becomes in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of
the FDIA),  all obligations  under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date
of  default,  but this  provision  shall not  affect  any  vested  rights of the
parties.

         (e) All obligations  under this Agreement may be terminated,  except to
the extent  determined that  continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the
continued operation of the Company:  (i) by the Director or his or her designee,
at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") or the Resolution
Trust  Corporation  ("RTC")  at the  time  the  FDIC or the RTC  enters  into an
agreement  to  provide  assistance  to or on  behalf  of the  Company  under the
authority contained in Section 13(c) of the FDIA, or (ii) by the Director of the
Office of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS")  or his or her  designee  at the time the
Director  or his or her  designee  approves  a  supervisory  merger  to  resolve
problems  related to operation of the Company or when the Company is  determined
by the  Director  to be in an unsafe or  unsound  condition.  Any  rights of the
parties that have  already  vested,  however,  shall not be affected by any such
action.

6. REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS UNDER SECTION 9(b).

         In the event the Employee is suspended  and/or  temporarily  prohibited
from participating in the conduct of the Company's affairs by a notice described
in Section 12 hereof  (the  "Notice")  during the term of this  Agreement  and a
change in control occurs,  the Company will assume its obligation to pay and the
Employee will be entitled to receive all of the  termination  benefits  provided
for under Section 3 of this Agreement upon the Company's  receipt of a dismissal
of charges in the Notice.

         7. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFIT PLANS.

         This Agreement  contains the entire  understanding  between the parties
hereto and supersedes any prior agreement  between the Company and the Employee,
except that this Agreement  shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or
compensation inuring to the Employee of a kind elsewhere provided.  No provision
of this  Agreement  shall be interpreted to mean that the Employee is subject to
receiving fewer benefits than those  available to him without  reference to this
Agreement.

8.       NO ATTACHMENT.

         (a) Except as required by law, no right to receive  payments under this
Agreement  shall be  subject to  anticipation,  commutation,  alienation,  sale,
assignment,  encumbrance,  charge,  pledge, or  hypothecation,  or to execution,
attachment,  levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any
attempt,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  to affect any such action  shall be null,
void, and of no effect.

         (b) This Agreement  shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of,
the Employee, the Company and their respective successors and assigns.

9.       MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

         (a)  This  Agreement  may  not be  modified  or  amended  except  by an
instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

         (b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision
of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged with such
waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing  waiver
unless specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as
to the specific  term or condition  waived and shall not  constitute a waiver of
such  term  or  condition  for  the  future  or as to any act  other  than  that
specifically waived.
\
10.  NO MITIGATION.

         The amount of any  payment or benefit  provided  for in this  Agreement
shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Employee as the result of
employment  by  another  employer,  by  retirement  benefits  after  the date of
termination or otherwise.

11.  NO ASSIGNMENTS. 

         (a) This  Agreement  is  personal to each of the  parties  hereto,  and
neither party may assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations  hereunder
without  first  obtaining  the  written  consent of the other  party;  provided,
however,  that the Company will require any successor or assign  (whether direct
or  indirect,  by  purchase,  merger,  consolidation  or  otherwise)  to  all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by an assumption
agreement  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to expressly
assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession or
assignment had taken place.  Failure of the Company to obtain such an assumption
agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall
be a breach of this  Agreement  and shall  entitle the Employee to  compensation
from the  Company in the same  amount and on the same terms as the  compensation
pursuant to Section 3 hereof.  For purposes of  implementing  the  provisions of
this Section  11(a),  the date on which any such  succession  becomes  effective
shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

         (b) This Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure
to the  benefit  of and be  enforceable  by the  Employee's  personal  and legal
representatives,  executors,  administrators,  successors,  heirs, distributees,
devisees and legatees.  If the Employee should die while any amounts would still
be payable to the Employee  hereunder if the Employee had continued to live, all
such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement to the Employee's devisee, legatee or other designee
or if there is no such designee, to the Employee's estate.

12.  NOTICE.

         For  the   purposes   of  this   Agreement,   notices   and  all  other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when  personally  delivered  or sent by certified
mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage prepaid,  addressed to the respective
addresses  set  forth on the first  page of this  Agreement  (provided  that all
notices  to the  Company  shall be  directed  to the  attention  of the Board of
Directors of the Company with a copy to the  Secretary  of the  Company),  or to
such other  address as either  party may have fur nished to the other in writing
in accordance herewith.

13.  AMENDMENTS.

         No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding unless in
writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise provided.

14.  PARAGRAPH HEADINGS.

         The paragraph  headings used in this Agreement are included  solely for
convenience  and  shall  not  affect,   or  be  used  in  connection  with,  the
interpretation of this Agreement.

15.  SEVERABILITY.

         The  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed  severable and the
invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

16.  GOVERNING LAW.

         This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the United  States to
the extent applicable and otherwise by the laws of the State of New York.

17.  ARBITRATION.

         Any dispute or  controversy  arising under or in  connection  with this
Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by  arbitration in accordance  with the
rules of the American  Arbitration  Association then in effect.  Judgment may be
entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction.

18.      REIMBURSEMENT.

         In the event the Company  purports to terminate the Employee for cause,
but it is  determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction  or by an arbitrator
pursuant to Section 17 that cause did not exist for such  termination,  or if in
any event it is deter mined by any such court or arbitrator that the Company has
failed to make timely  payment of any amounts  owed to the  Employee  under this
Agreement,  the Employee shall be entitled to  reimbursement  for all reasonable
costs,  including  attorneys' fees,  incurred in challenging such termination or
collecting such amounts.  Such reimbursement  shall be in addition to all rights
to which the Em ployee is otherwise entitled under this Agreement.
<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

         THIS AGREEMENT  CONTAINS A BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

ATTEST:                                       SCHENECTADY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK



                                       By:
Richard D. Ammian, Secretary                  Joseph H. Giaquinto, President




WITNESS:                                             EMPLOYEE


                         CHANGE OF CONTROL BENEFIT PLAN
                             Dated December 18, 1997


         WHEREAS,  SFS Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Company") is a publicly held company
and, as such, is subject to the possibility of being acquired by another entity;
and

          WHEREAS,  the Company is interested in maintaining the services of its
employees and  especially  its key officers and key officers of its  subsidiary,
Schenectady Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") ("Executives"); and

         WHEREAS,   the  Company  further   recognizes  that  uncertainties  and
questions may be raised among the Executives  with regard to an acquisition  and
the Company and such  questions  and  concerns  may result in the  departure  or
distraction  of  management  personnel  to the  detriment to the Company and its
stockholders; and

         WHEREAS, the Executives are parties to either employment  agreements or
change of control  severance  agreements (the  "Agreements")  with the Bank that
provide for  reductions to payments to them in the event of a change of control,
in order to prevent  payments from being  nondeductible  for federal  income tax
purposes under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Company believes it is in its best interests and the best
interests of its  stockholder  to maximize  benefits  paid to  Executives in the
event of a change of control, the Company hereby provides the following plan:

         1. While it is not contemplated that any Executive who is subject to an
employment  agreement or a change of control severance  agreement by and between
the Bank and such  Executive  would  receive any amounts or benefits  under such
agreements that would constitute "excess parachute  payments" under Section 280G
of the Code,  nevertheless,  in the event that any  benefits  provided  or to be
provided to such  Executive  pursuant to such  agreement  when  aggregated  with
payments or benefits,  if any, or other plans  maintained  by the Bank or any of
its  consolidated  subsidiaries  constitute  "excess  parachute  payments" under
Section  280G of the Code that are subject to excise tax under  Section  4999 of
the Code, the Company shall do the following:

                  (i)  Cause the Bank to waive any  provision  of any  agreement
requiring a reduction in any payment in order to avoid  non-deductibility of any
payment pursuant to Section 280G of the Code and shall simultaneously  reimburse
the Bank for any amounts  that it pays as a result of such waiver for the amount
of any tax benefit  plus  reimburse  the Bank the amount of any tax benefit that
the Bank may have lost due such waiver and payment.  It is the intention of this
provision  to put the Bank in the same  position  that it would have been in had
such agreement been paid out in accordance with its terms; and

                  (ii) In the event that any payments or benefits provided or to
be provided to the such  Executive  pursuant to this  Agreement,  in combination
with payments or benefits,  if any, from other plans or arrangements  maintained
by the  Company  or any of the  Consolidated  Subsidiaries,  constitute  "excess
parachute  payments"  under  Section 280G of the Code that are subject to excise
tax under  Section 4999 of the Code,  the Company  shall pay to the Executive in
cash an  additional  amount  equal to the  amount  of the Gross Up  Payment  (as
hereinafter  defined).  The "Gross Up  Payment"  shall be the  amount  needed to
ensure that the amount of such payments and the value of such benefits  received
<PAGE>
by the Executive (net of such excise tax and any federal, state and local tax on
the Company's  payment to him attributable to such excise tax) equals the amount
of such  payments and value of such  benefits as he would receive in the absence
of such excise tax and any federal, state and local tax on the Company's payment
to him  attributable  to such  excise tax.  The  Company  shall pay the Gross Up
Payment  within  30 days  after the date of  termination  of  employment  of the
Executive.  For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross Up Payment,  the
value of any  non-cash  benefits  and  deferred  payments or  benefits  shall be
determined  by  the  Company's  independent  auditors  in  accordance  with  the
principles of Section  280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code. In the event that,  after
the Gross Up Payment is made,  the amount of the excise tax is  determined to be
less than the amount  calculated  in the  determination  of the actual  Gross Up
Payment made by the Company,  the Executive  shall repay to the Company,  at the
time that such reduction in the amount of excise tax is finally determined,  the
portion of the Gross Up Payment attributable to such reduction, plus interest on
the amount of such repayment at the  applicable  federal rate under Section 1274
of the Code from the date of the Gross Up Payment to the date of the  repayment.
The amount of the reduction of the Gross Up Payment shall reflect any subsequent
reduction  in excise taxes  resulting  from such  repayment.  In the event that,
after the Gross Up Payment is made,  the amount of the excise tax is  determined
to exceed the amount  anticipated at the time the Gross Up Payment was made, the
Company shall pay to the Executive,  in immediately available funds, at the time
that such additional amount of excise tax is finally  determined,  an additional
payment  ("Additional  Gross Up  Payment")  equal to such  additional  amount of
excise tax and any federal, state and local taxes thereon, plus all interest and
penalties,  if any, owed by the Executive with respect to such additional amount
of excise and other tax. The Company shall have the right to  challenge,  on the
Executive's  behalf,  any  excise  tax  assessment  against  him as to which the
Executive  is entitled to (or would be  entitled if such  assessment  is finally
determined  to be  proper) a Gross Up Payment or  Additional  Gross Up  Payment,
provided that all costs and expenses incurred in such a challenge shall be borne
by the  Company and the  Company  shall  indemnify  the  Executive  and hold him
harmless,  on an  after-tax  basis,  from any  excise  or other  tax  (including
interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such payment
of costs and expenses by the Company.

                  (iii) This plan shall not apply to any  individual  who has an
employment agreement with the Company.  This plan shall apply to the individuals
listed on Exhibit A hereto.
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A

                                Richard D. Ammian

                               David J. Jurczynski

                              Michael J. Krywinski

                                 William Pezzula



1997 ANNUAL REPORT
















                                     [LOGO]










                                SFS BANCORP, INC.
                              Schenectady, New York








<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS









         President's Message ..............................................  1
                                                                            

         Selected Consolidated Financial Information ......................  2
                                                                            

         Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial  
           Condition and Results of Operations ............................  4
                                                                            

         Independent Auditors' Report ..................................... 17
                                                                            

         Consolidated Financial Statements ................................ 18
                                                                            

         Corporate Information ............................................ 52
                                                                                






<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               PRESIDENT'S MESSAGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dear Fellow Stockholders:

     On behalf of the Board of Directors, Officers and Employees of SFS Bancorp,
Inc.  (the  "Company")  and its wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Schenectady  Federal
Savings Bank (the "Bank"), I am pleased to submit to you our 1997 Annual Report.

     First and most  importantly,  the market value of our stock reached  record
levels during 1997.  When  combined  with an increase in the quarterly  dividend
rate  announced in April 1997,  it resulted in an  annualized  equivalent  total
return on the Company's  stock of 41.6% since  converting to a public company in
1995.  During 1997, we repurchased over 77,000 shares of our outstanding  common
stock  which is  consistent  with our  ongoing  capital  management  strategy to
increase  our  earnings  per share.  As we go forward,  it is our  intention  to
continue  providing our  shareholders  with a generous  dividend  policy.  These
strategies clearly highlight the continuing commitment of the Board of Directors
and management team towards enhancing shareholder value.

     Another  significant  occurrence  during  the past year was the  opening in
March of our new Union Street  branch.  This new location has  strengthened  our
branch network and has increased our market penetration. It has proven to be one
of the main reasons for the significant growth in our deposits last year. In the
lending  area,  our efforts  have  resulted in yet another  year where we report
increases  in loans.  We  attribute  our success in this area to  competent  and
friendly customer  service,  competitive rates and products and prompt response.
During 1997,  our efforts to grow the assets of the Company  proved  successful.
Total assets grew $9.5 million,  or 5.8%. This was accomplished  through deposit
growth from the  expansion of our branch  network and the  expansion of our core
business in the residential  mortgage and consumer  lending areas.  Net loans at
December 31, 1997  totaled  $133.8  million,  an increase of 13.0% over 1996 and
32.6%  over  1995.  By  establishing  a  mortgage  origination  sales  staff and
utilizing sales compensation initiatives,  we expect to further enhance the core
relationship  with  our  customers.  We  continue  striving  to  build a  strong
foundation from which to initiate future growth.

     The Company reported net earnings of $1,068,000 or $0.96 basic earnings per
share for 1997.  This  represented  an  increase of  $238,000,  or 29% over 1996
earnings. We positively affected our operations in 1997 with net interest income
increasing primarily from our efforts in the lending area and noninterest income
increasing  over 1996  without a  dramatic  increase  in fees to our  customers.
Finally,  we have successfully  managed to minimize increases in the noninterest
expense of the Company.

     On behalf of the Board of  Directors  and  management  team of SFS Bancorp,
Inc.,  please be assured that maximizing  shareholder  value will continue to be
our primary  strategic focus. I wish to express my sincere  appreciation to you,
our stockholders, for your loyalty, support and confidence in our Company.


                                                Sincerely,

                                                /s/Joseph H. Giaquinto
                                                ----------------------
                                                Joseph H. Giaquinto
                                                Chairman of the Board, President
                                                  and Chief Executive Officer
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION



                                                                         December 31,
                                                ------------------------------------------------------------ 
                                                  1997          1996         1995         1994         1993
                                                --------     --------     --------     --------     -------- 
                                                                       (In Thousands)
<S>                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Selected Financial Condition Data

Total assets ..............................     $174,428     $164,888     $166,529     $150,837     $146,260   
Cash and cash equivalents .................        2,176        2,896       10,453        6,468        3,481  
Securities available for sale .............        4,067        1,990        7,976        7,776           --
Investment securities:
  Mortgage-backed securities ..............       16,966       20,434       24,418       21,991       25,397
Debt securities ...........................       12,013       15,746       18,658       16,902       20,842  
FHLB stock ................................        1,338        1,215        1,117        1,123        1,092    
Loans receivable, net .....................      133,786      118,455      100,921       93,703       92,601    
Real estate owned .........................          111          178          200          204          128
Deposits ..................................      150,469      140,616      139,671      138,299      134,653 
Advance payments by borrowers
   for taxes and insurance ................        1,281        1,160        1,402        1,270        1,129 
Stockholders' equity ......................       21,431       21,671       24,261       10,046        9,642 

<CAPTION>

                                                                            December 31,
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                   1997          1996           1995        1994         1993
                                                 --------      --------      --------     ---------    -------- 
                                                                          (In Thousands)
<S>                                              <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Selected Operations Data

Total interest income .....................      $ 12,368      $ 11,867      $ 11,523     $  9,849     $  9,774
Total interest expense ....................         6,623         6,187         6,236        5,077        5,275
                                                 --------      --------      --------     --------     --------
  Net interest income .....................         5,745         5,680         5,287        4,772        4,499
Provision for loan losses .................           120           120           370          120          440
                                                 --------      --------      --------     --------     --------
Net interest income after
  provision for loan losses ...............         5,625         5,560         4,917        4,652        4,059
Noninterest income ........................           504           403           321          170          599
Noninterest expense .......................         4,369         5,239         4,027        4,096        4,239
                                                 --------      --------      --------     --------     --------
Income before taxes .......................         1,760           724         1,211          726          419
Income tax expense (benefit) ..............           692          (106)          356          215           13
                                                 --------      --------      --------     --------     --------
Net income ................................      $  1,068      $    830      $    855     $    511     $    406
                                                 ========      ========      ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION, continued



                                                                                Year Ended December 31,
                                                               -------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                 1997        1996         1995       1994         1993
                                                               --------     -------     -------     -------     ------- 
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data

Performance Ratios:

 Return on assets (ratio of net income to
    average total assets) ..............................          0.63%       0.50%       0.53%       0.34%       0.28%
 Net interest rate spread ..............................          2.96        2.95        2.93        3.06        2.96
 Net interest margin ...................................          3.46        3.51        3.36        3.26        3.15
 Ratio of noninterest expense to average total assets ..          2.56        3.17        2.51        2.74        2.90
 Ratio of net interest income to noninterest expense ...        131.49      108.41      131.29      116.50      106.13
 Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity          5.04        3.73        5.07        5.31        4.33
 Liquidity ratio at end of year ........................         19.72       22.58       32.45       19.57       12.99
 Efficiency ratio ......................................         69.92       86.13       71.81       82.88       83.15


Asset Quality Ratios:

 Non-performing assets to total assets, at end of year .          0.84        0.61        0.62        1.93        1.80
 Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans,
    at year end ........................................         57.78       77.07       68.18       31.79       32.02
 Allowance for loan losses to total loans ..............          0.58        0.54        0.56        0.91        0.86


Capital Ratios:

 Stockholders' equity to total assets at end of year ...         12.29       13.14       14.57        6.66        6.59
 Average stockholders' equity to average total assets ..         12.43       13.48       10.50        6.43        6.40
 Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average
   interest-bearing liabilities ........................        112.68      114.72      110.84      105.75      105.09

 Number of full service offices ........................             4           3           3           3           3
                                                    
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
                       ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
                              RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

General

         Management's  discussion  and  analysis of the  consolidated  financial
condition and the results of  operations is intended to assist in  understanding
the consolidated  financial  condition and results of operations of the Company.
The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto.

         SFS Bancorp,  Inc.  (the "Parent  Company") is the holding  company for
Schenectady  Federal Savings Bank and its subsidiary  (the "Bank"),  a federally
chartered  stock  savings  bank.  Collectively,  these  entities are referred to
herein as the  "Company." On June 29, 1995,  the Bank  completed its  conversion
from a federal  mutual  savings and loan  association to a federal stock savings
bank. On that date, the Parent  Company issued and sold 1,495,000  shares of its
common stock at $10.00 per share in connection with the conversion. Net proceeds
to the Parent Company were $14.2 million after reflecting conversion expenses of
$750,000.  The Parent  Company  used $7.1 million of the net proceeds to acquire
all of the issued and outstanding stock of the Bank.

Business Strategy

         The  primary   goal  of   management   is  to  improve  the   Company's
profitability  and enhance its net worth while  minimizing  risk.  The Company's
profitability is dependent  primarily on its net interest  income,  which is the
difference between interest earned on its loans and investments and the interest
paid  on  interest-bearing  liabilities.  The  Company's  profitability  is also
affected by the generation of noninterest  income,  which primarily  consists of
fees  and  service  charges.  Net  interest  income  is  determined  by (i)  the
difference between the yield earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on
interest-bearing  liabilities  ("interest  rate  spread")  and (ii) the relative
amounts  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing   liabilities.  The
Company's  interest  rate  spread  is  affected  by  regulatory,   economic  and
competitive  factors  that  influence  interest  rates,  loan demand and deposit
flows. In addition,  net income is affected by the level of noninterest  expense
and provision for loan losses.

         The operations of financial  institutions,  including the Company,  are
significantly  affected by prevailing economic  conditions,  competition and the
monetary and fiscal policies of governmental  agencies.  Lending  activities are
influenced by the demand for the supply of housing,  competition  among lenders,
the level of interest  rates and the  availability  of funds.  Deposit flows and
cost of funds are influenced by prevailing market rates of interest primarily on
competing  investments,  account maturities and the level of personal income and
savings in the Company's market area.
<PAGE>
         Management  strives  to operate as a  conservative,  well  capitalized,
profitable  community  bank  dedicated to  financing  home  ownership  and other
consumer needs,  and to provide  quality  service to its customers.  The Company
believes it successfully implements this strategy by:

         Emphasizing One-to-Four Family Lending.  Historically,  the Company has
been predominantly a one-to-four family residential  lender.  One-to-four family
residential  loans  constituted  77.9% and 76.5% of total loans at December  31,
1997 and 1996, respectively.

         Maintaining  Asset  Quality.  The  Company  places  strong  emphasis on
achieving a high degree of asset quality maintained through sound  underwriting,
constant monitoring and effective collection techniques.  The Company's ratio of
non-performing  assets to total assets was 0.8% and 0.6% as of December 31, 1997
and 1996, respectively.

         Managing  Interest  Rate  Risk.  In order to reduce  the  impact on the
Company's net interest  income due to changes in interest  rates,  the Company's
management  has  adopted a  strategy  that has been  designed  to  maintain  the
interest rate sensitivity of its assets and liabilities. The primary elements of
this strategy involve emphasizing the origination of ARM loans and maintaining a
short- and medium-term investment portfolio. The level of adjustable or floating
rate  loans  included  in  total  loans  was  70.5%  as of  December  31,  1997.
Additionally,  23.6% of the Company's  interest-earning assets carried remaining
terms of five years or less.

         The  Company's   management   believes  that  a  portion  of  passbook,
transaction and other  non-certificate  accounts  representing core deposits can
have a  lower  cost  and  be  more  resistant  to  interest  rate  changes  than
certificate  accounts.  Accordingly,  the Company has used customer  service and
marketing initiatives to maintain and expand its core deposits. In addition, the
Bank opened its fourth  branch in early 1997 which is  expected to increase  the
level of core deposits over time.  While the Company  believes that a portion of
these non-certificate accounts are interest rate sensitive and may flow to other
investments if interest  rates  continue to rise, the Company  believes that the
balance of these accounts  represent core deposits.  At December 31, 1997, 37.0%
of the Company's  total deposits  consisted of passbook,  transaction  and other
non-certificate accounts.

Asset/Liability Management

         The principal  financial  objective of the Company's interest rate risk
management is to achieve long-term  profitability while limiting its exposure to
fluctuating  interest  rates.  The Company has sought to reduce  exposure of its
earnings to changes in market  interest  rates by managing the mismatch  between
assets and liability  maturities and interest  rates.  The principal  element in
achieving  this  objective is to increase the  interest-rate  sensitivity of the
Company's  assets by  holding  loans with  interest  rates  subject to  periodic
adjustment  to  market  conditions.   In  addition,  the  Company  maintains  an
investment  portfolio which primarily  consists of securities that mature within
five years.  The  Company  relies on retail  deposits  as its primary  source of
funds. Management believes retail deposits, compared to brokered deposits, limit
the effects of interest rate fluctuation because they generally represent a more
stable source of funds. As part of its interest rate risk strategy,  the Company
promotes  transaction accounts and certificates of deposit with terms up to five
years.
<PAGE>
         The  following  table  is  provided  by the OTS and  sets  forth  as of
December 31, 1997 the Company's interest rate risk as measured by changes in its
net portfolio  value  ("NPV") (i.e.  the present value of the expected cash flow
from assets,  liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts) for instantaneous and
sustained parallel shifts in the yield curve, in 100 basis point increments,  up
and down 400 basis points.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


     Change in
   Interest Rate           $ Amount             $ Change            % Change
   -------------           --------             --------            --------
  (Basis Points)                         (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                         <C>                  <C>                  <C>
         +400               $15,434              $(7,588)             (33)%
         +300                17,932               (5,090)             (22)
         +200                20,166               (2,856)             (12)
         +100                21,956               (1,067)              (5)
           0                 23,022                   --               --
         -100                23,620                  598                3
         -200                24,227                1,024                5
         -300                24,854                1,832                8
         -400                26,008                2,986               13
</TABLE>

         As  with  any  method  of  measuring   interest   rate  risk,   certain
shortcomings  are inherent in the method of analysis  presented in the foregoing
table.  For example,  although  certain assets and  liabilities may have similar
maturities or periods to reprice, they may react in different degrees to changes
in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of asset and
liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates,  while
interest  rates  on  other  types  may  lag  behind  changes  in  market  rates.
Additionally,  certain assets,  such as ARM loans,  have features which restrict
changes in interest rates on a short-term  basis and over the life of the asset.
Further,  in the  event  of a  change  in  interest  rates,  expected  rates  of
prepayment on loans and early withdrawals from certificates could likely deviate
significantly  from those assumed in calculating  the table. It is also possible
as a result of an  interest  rate  increase,  the  increased  mortgage  payments
required of ARM  borrowers  could  result in an increase  in  delinquencies  and
defaults.  Accordingly,  the data  presented  in the table  above  should not be
relied upon as indicative of actual  results in the event of changes in interest
rates. Furthermore,  the NPV presented in the table is not intended to represent
the fair market value of the Company.

Financial Condition

         Total  assets  increased  $9.5  million  (5.8%)  to $174.4  million  at
December  31,  1997 from $164.9  million at December  31,  1996.  This  increase
consisted  primarily of an increase in loans  receivable,  net of $15.3  million
(12.9%) to $133.8  million at December  31,  1997 and  increases  in  securities
available for sale, at fair value,  of $2.1 million  (104.4%) to $4.1 million at
December  31, 1997.  These  increases  were offset by  decreases  in  investment
securities  of $7.2 million  (19.9%) to $29.0  million and federal funds sold of
$1.3 million (81.3%) to $300,000 at December 31, 1997.
<PAGE>
         At  December  31,  1997,   total   liabilities   were  $153.0   million
representing  an increase of $9.8 million  (6.8%) from  December  31, 1996.  The
increase was  entirely  attributable  to  increases in total  deposits to $150.5
million as of December 31, 1997 from $140.6 million a year earlier.

         Stockholders'  equity  decreased  $240,000 to $21.4 million at December
31, 1997 as compared to $21.7 million at December 31, 1996  primarily due to the
Company's stock repurchase program.  As a result of the repurchase program,  the
Company purchased $1.5 million of treasury stock during 1997.  Retained earnings
increased  by  $735,000  as a result of net income of the  Company  for the year
ended  December 31, 1997 offset by the  declaration  and payment of dividends of
$333,000.

         Nonperforming  assets totaled $1.5 million and $1.0 million at December
31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The increase in nonperforming assets resulted
from an increase in the number of loans  comprising the balance combined with an
increase  in  the  average  balance  of  each  loan.  All  loans  classified  as
nonperforming  are  secured by real  estate  with 45.0%  secured by  one-to-four
family residential property.  Management of the Bank does not view this increase
as a significant  adverse trend since  subsequent to December 31, 1997, three of
the loans  comprising the balance as of that date totaling  $389,000 have either
paid off the entire outstanding balance or paid all past due amounts.  The ratio
of nonperforming loans to loans receivable,  net was 1.01% at December 31, 1997,
compared with .70% at December 31, 1996.  The ratio of  nonperforming  assets to
total  assets was .84% at December 31, 1997  compared  with .61% at December 31,
1996.

Analysis of Net Interest Income

         Net interest income  represents the difference  between interest earned
on interest-earning  assets and interest paid on  interest-bearing  liabilities.
Net  interest  income  depends  on the  volumes of  interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on them.

         The following table presents for the periods indicated the total dollar
amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resultant
yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities,
expressed both in dollars and rates. No tax equivalent adjustments were made.
Nonaccruing loans have been included in the table as loans.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
                                                            1997                                       1996                  
                                        ----------------------------------------     --------------------------------------  
                                            Average        Interest                    Average        Interest               
                                          Outstanding      Earned/        Yield/     Outstanding      Earned/        Yield/  
                                            Balance         Paid           Rate        Balance         Paid           Rate   
                                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                         <C>           <C>              <C>         <C>           <C>              <C>
Interest-Earning Assets:
 Loans receivable, net(1) ............      $124,994      $  9,757         7.81%       $111,524      $  8,758         7.85%
 Mortgage-backed securities ..........        18,807         1,189         6.32          22,403         1,418         6.33
 Securities available for sale .......         4,368           286         6.55           5,169           307         5.94
 Investment securities ...............        13,779           896         6.50          16,698         1,059         6.34
Other interest-earning assets
   including cash equivalents ........         2,845           153         5.38           4,698           247         5.26
 FHLB stock ..........................         1,322            87         6.58           1,204            78         6.48
                                            --------      --------                     --------      --------           
     Total interest-earning assets ...      $166,115        12,368         7.45        $161,696        11,867         7.34
                                            ========      --------                     ========      --------
Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
 Savings accounts ....................        36,982         1,113         3.01          38,857         1,173         3.02
 Money market accounts ...............         7,197           251         3.49           5,195           161         3.10
 Demand and NOW accounts(2) ..........        10,660           159         1.49          10,102           148         1.47
 Certificate accounts ................        91,420         5,075         5.55          85,642         4,680         5.46
 Escrow ..............................         1,162            25         2.15           1,155            25         2.16
                                            --------      --------                     --------      --------           
    Total interest-bearing liabilities      $147,421         6,623         4.49        $140,951         6,187         4.39
                                            ========      --------         ----        ========      --------         ----
Net interest income ..................                     $ 5,745                                    $ 5,680             
                                                                                                                 
Net interest rate spread .............                                     2.96%                                      2.95%
                                                                           ====                                       ====  
Net earning assets ...................      $18,694                                    $ 20,745                          
                                            =======                                    ========  
Net yield on average interest-
  earning assets .....................                                     3.46%                                       3.51%
                                                                           ====                                        ====  
Average interest-earning assets to
  average interest-bearing liabilities         1.13                                        1.15                          
                                            =======                                    ========                          

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Year Ended December 31,
                                               -----------------------------------       
                                                                1995                           
                                               -----------------------------------        
                                                 Average      Interest                            
                                               Outstanding     Earned/       Yield/               
                                                 Balance        Paid          Rate  
                                               --------      --------         -----
                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                            <C>           <C>             <C>          
Interest-Earning Assets:
 Loans receivable, net(1) ...............      $ 97,120      $  7,800         8.03%
 Mortgage-backed securities .............        23,199         1,464         6.31
 Securities available for sale ..........         7,911           492         6.22
 Investment securities ..................        17,227         1,041         6.04
Other interest-earning assets
   including cash equivalents ...........        10,948           640         5.85
 FHLB stock .............................         1,118            86         7.69
                                               --------      --------
     Total interest-earning assets ......      $157,523        11,523         7.32
                                               ========      --------
Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
 Savings accounts .......................        44,054         1,325         3.01
 Money market accounts ..................         4,809           129         2.68
 Demand and NOW accounts(2) .............         9,090           133         1.46
 Certificate accounts ...................        82,893         4,620         5.57
 Escrow .................................         1,266            29         2.29
                                               --------      --------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities ..      $142,112         6,236         4.39
                                               ========      --------
Net interest income .....................                    $  5,287
                                                             ========  
Net interest rate spread ................                                     2.93%                                    
                                                                              ====  
Net earning assets ......................      $ 15,411                          
                                               ========    
Net yield on average interest-                                                      
  earning assets ........................                                     3.36%                                          
                                                                              ====   
Average interest-earning assets to                                                  
  average interest-bearing liabilities ..          1.11                          
                                                
</TABLE>

              (1)  Calculated net of deferred loan fees.
              (2)  Includes noninterest-bearing demand accounts.
<PAGE>
Rate/Volume Analysis

         The  following  schedule  presents  the  dollar  amount of  changes  in
interest income and interest  expense for major  components of  interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing  liabilities.  It distinguishes between the increase
(decrease)  related  to  outstanding  balances  and that due to the  changes  in
interest   rates.   For   each   category   of   interest-earning   assets   and
interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to
(i) changes in volume (i.e.,  changes in volume multiplied by old rate) and (ii)
changes in rate (i.e.,  changes in rate multiplied by old volume).  For purposes
of this table,  changes  attributable  to both rate and volume,  which cannot be
segregated have been allocated  proportionately  to the change due to volume and
the change due to rate.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Year Ended December 31,
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                       1997 vs. 1996                              1996 vs. 1995
                                            -------------------------------------     ------------------------------------- 
                                              Increase (Decrease)                       Increase (Decrease)
                                                    Due to                                     Due to
                                            ----------------------                    -----------------------
                                                                         Total                                     Total
                                                                        Increase                                  Increase
                                             Volume         Rate       (Decrease)      Volume         Rate       (Decrease)
                                            -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
                                                                             (In Thousands)
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Interest-earning assets:
 Loans receivable, net ...............      $ 1,051       $   (52)      $   999       $ 1,127       $  (169)      $   958
 Mortgage-backed securities ..........         (227)           (2)         (229)          (50)            4           (46)
 Securities available for sale .......          (51)           30           (21)         (165)          (20)         (185)
 Investment securities ...............         (190)           27          (163)          (29)           47            18
 Other interest-earning  assets ......         (100)            6           (94)         (334)          (59)         (393)
 FHLB stock ..........................            8             1             9             8           (16)           (8)
                                            -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
   Total interest-earning  assets ....      $   491       $    10       $   501       $   557       $  (213)      $   344
                                            =======       =======       =======       =======       =======       =======
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Savings accounts ....................      $   (56)      $    (4)      $   (60)      $  (157)      $     5       $  (152)
 Money market accounts ...............           74            16            90             9            23            32
 Demand and NOW accounts .............            8             3            11            15          --              15
 Certificate accounts ................          320            75           395           146           (86)           60
 Escrow ..............................            0             0             0            (2)           (2)           (4)
                                            -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
   Total interest-bearing  liabilities      $   346       $    90       $   436       $    11       $   (60)      $   (49)
                                            =======       =======       =======       =======       =======       =======

Net interest income ..................                                  $    65                                   $   393
                                                                        =======                                   =======

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Results of Operations

         General.  The Company's  results of operations  depend primarily on net
interest income,  noninterest expense, and to a lesser extent,  income taxes and
noninterest  income.  Net  interest  income  is a  function  of  the  volume  of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing  liabilities and the interest rates
earned or paid on such assets and liabilities, respectively. Noninterest expense
consists  primarily  of  general  and  administrative  expenses.  The  Company's
noninterest income consists  primarily of fees charged on deposit accounts,  and
other loan charges which help to offset the cost  associated  with  establishing
and maintaining these deposit and loan accounts.

Comparison of Operating Results for Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996

         Net Income.  The Company reported net income of $1,068,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1997, as compared to $830,000 for the year ended December 31,
1996. As discussed  below,  the increase in net income of $238,000 or 28.7%, was
due to a decrease in noninterest expense of $870,000, an increase in noninterest
income of  $101,000  and an increase in net  interest  income of $65,000.  These
increases  were  partially  offset by an  increase  in  income  tax  expense  of
$798,000.

         Interest Income.  Interest income  increased by $501,000,  or 4.2% from
$11.9  million in 1996 to $12.4  million in 1997.  This  increase  was due to an
increase  in both the balance of average  interest-earning  assets and the yield
earned. Average interest-earning assets increased from $161.7 million in 1996 to
$166.1  million  in 1997.  The yield on the  Company's  interest-earning  assets
increased  from 7.34% for the year ended December 31, 1996 to 7.45% for the year
ended  December 31, 1997 as a result of the  Company's  ability to originate and
purchase loans and therefore affect the overall  composition of interest earning
assets.  The yield was also affected by the general increase in the market rates
of interest.

         Interest Expense.  Interest expense  increased by $436,000,  or 7.0% to
$6.6 million for the year ended  December 31, 1997. The increase was a result of
an  increase  in the  balance of average  interest-bearing  liabilities  of $6.5
million,  or 4.6% to $147.4  million.  The average  rate paid for the year ended
December  31, 1997 was 4.49% as  compared  to 4.39% in 1996.  The mix within the
deposit structure changed as the average balance of certificate and money market
account  balances  grew a combined $7.8 million  (8.6%) while  savings  accounts
declined $1.9 million  (4.8%).  The change in the deposit mix was due in part to
the opening of the new branch which had higher promotional certificate rates and
to a lesser extent the flow from savings  accounts to higher paying  certificate
accounts.  The average rate paid was a reflection  of the general  interest rate
and competitive environment that prevailed during 1997 and 1996.

         Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $65,000,  or 1.1% to
$5.7  million in 1997 due  principally  to the  relative  increase  of the loans
receivable, net portfolio in relation to total interest earning assets from 1996
to 1997.  The  percentage  of average  loans  receivable,  net to total  average
interest earning assets increased from 69.0% in 1996 to 75.2% in 1997.
<PAGE>
         Provision For Loan Losses.  The  provision for loan losses  amounted to
$120,000  for  1997  and  1996,  respectively.  When  determining  the  level of
provision for loan losses,  management considers historical charge off ratios as
well as the then current  regulatory and the general economic  environment.  Net
charge-offs decreased from $50,000 in 1996 to a $16,000 net recovery in 1997 due
to the Company's  ability to collect on numerous  loans  previously  charged off
combined  with a decrease in charge offs in 1997.  The Company will  continue to
monitor and modify its allowance for loan losses as conditions dictate. Although
the Company  maintains  its  allowance  for loan losses at a level it  considers
adequate to provide for potential losses in the present portfolio,  there can be
no  assurance  that such  losses will not exceed the  estimated  amounts or that
additional provisions for loan losses will not be required in future periods.

         Noninterest Income. Total noninterest income increased by $101,000,  or
25.1% from  $403,000 in 1996 to $504,000 in 1997.  The increase was  principally
attributable  to an  increase  of $48,000 in net gain on  security  transactions
combined with increases in other loan charges and Bank fees and service charges.

         Noninterest  Expense.  Noninterest  expense  decreased by $870,000,  or
16.6%  from $5.2  million  in 1996 to $4.4  million  in 1997.  The  decrease  is
primarily  attributable  to the special  one-time SAIF  assessment in 1996 which
totaled  $930,000  and an  ongoing  reduction  in the  FDIC  insurance  premiums
subsequent  to the  special  assessment.  Compensation  and  benefits  increased
$198,000 (7.9%) from 1996 to 1997. The increase was a result of increased retail
staff due to the opening of a new branch in March 1997,  annual merit increases,
and increased  employee benefits  partially due to the increases in the employee
stock ownership plan expense.  Office occupancy and equipment  expense increased
$98,000,  or 18.8% as a result of increases in depreciation,  property taxes and
utilities  associated  with  the  opening  of the new  branch.  Advertising  and
business promotion,  professional  service fees, data processing fees, and other
expense remained  relatively stable during 1997 as compared with 1996. The ratio
of noninterest  expense to average assets decreased from 3.17% for 1996 to 2.56%
for 1997.

         Income Tax  Expense.  Income tax  expense  increased  from a benefit of
$106,000 in 1996 to an expense of $692,000 in 1997.  The  effective tax rate for
1997 was 39.3%. The income tax benefit  recognized in 1996 primarily  reflects a
reduction of the  deferred tax asset  valuation  reserve  which  reduced the tax
effect on pre-tax  income.  The  reduction in the deferred  valuation  allowance
during 1996 was  primarily  the result of the  expected  realization  of certain
deferred  items  which  were  previously  considered  uncertain.  There  were no
comparable reductions in the deferred tax asset valuation reserve during 1997.
<PAGE>
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995

         Net Income.  The Company had net income of $830,000  for the year ended
December 31, 1996, as compared to $855,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995.
As discussed below, the decrease in net income of $25,000 or 2.9%, was due to an
increase in  noninterest  expense of $1.2  million  offset by an increase in net
interest  income of $393,000,  an increase in noninterest  income of $82,000,  a
decrease in  provision  for loan losses of $250,000 and a decrease in income tax
expense of $462,000.

         Interest Income.  Interest income  increased by $344,000,  or 3.0% from
$11.5  million in 1995 to $11.9  million in 1996.  This  increase was due to the
increase in the amount of average  interest-earning assets and the yield earned.
Average  interest-earning assets increased from $157.5 million in 1995 to $161.7
million in 1996 resulting from the Company's  ability to utilize for a full year
the  proceeds  received  from the  initial  public  offering.  The  yield on the
Company's  interest-earning  assets  increased  from  7.32%  for the year  ended
December  31, 1995 to 7.34% for the year ended  December 31, 1996 as a result of
the general increase in the market rates of interest.

         Interest  Expense.  Interest expense  decreased by $49,000,  or 0.8% to
$6.2 million for the year ended  December 31, 1996. The decrease was a result of
a $1.2 million (0.8%) decrease in average interest-bearing liabilities to $141.0
million.  The average  rate paid for the years ended  December 31, 1996 and 1995
was 4.39%. The mix within the deposit  structure  changed as the average balance
of certificate and demand and NOW account  balances grew $2.8 million (3.3%) and
$1.0 million (11.1%),  respectively while savings accounts declined $5.2 million
(11.8%). The average rate paid was a reflection of the general interest rate and
competitive environment that prevailed during 1996 and 1995.

         Net Interest Income.  Net interest income increased  $393,000,  or 7.4%
from $5.3 million in 1995 to $5.7 million in 1996 due to a $5.3 million increase
in average  net  interest-earning  assets in 1996 as  compared  to 1995 and a 15
basis point increase in margin. The increase in net interest-earning  assets was
primarily a result of the proceeds  received in the initial  public  offering of
the Company during 1995.

         Provision  For Loan  Losses.  The  decrease of $250,000 or 67.6% in the
provision  for loan losses  from 1995 to 1996  reflects  primarily  management's
evaluation of the loan  portfolio.  When  determining the level of provision for
loan losses,  management  considers  historical charge off ratios as well as the
then current  regulatory and the general economic  environment.  Net charge-offs
decreased  from  $659,000  in  1995 to  $50,000  in  1996  due to the  Company's
resolution of certain non-performing loans in 1995. The Company will continue to
monitor and modify its allowance for loan losses as conditions dictate. Although
the Company  maintains  its  allowance  for loan losses at a level it  considers
adequate to provide for potential  losses,  there can be no assurance  that such
losses will not exceed the estimated  amounts or that additional  provisions for
loan losses will not be required in future periods.
<PAGE>
         Noninterest  Income.  Total noninterest income increased by $82,000, or
25.5% from  $321,000 in 1995 to $403,000 in 1996.  Other loan charges  increased
$35,000 or 31.8% as a result of  increased  originations  and other  noninterest
income  increased  $46,000 or 97.9% as a result of  increased  other real estate
income,  income from the Bank's service  corporation and gains taken on the sale
of certain fixed assets.

         Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expense increased by $1.2 million, or
30.1%  from $4.0  million  in 1995 to $5.2  million  in 1996.  The  increase  is
primarily  attributable to the special  one-time SAIF  assessment  which totaled
$930,000.  Compensation and benefits  increased  $262,000 (11.6%) as a result of
annual merit  increases and the  establishment  of the Retention and Recognition
Plan  ("RRP")  partially  offset by  reduced  pension  and  retirement  benefits
expense. Mortgage servicing fees decreased $22,000 (35.5%) between 1995 and 1996
as serviced  loan  balances  continued  to decline.  Professional  service  fees
increased  $53,000  (28.0%)  during  1996 as  compared  to 1995 as a  result  of
increased cost associated with being a public company.  Advertising and business
promotion,  office occupancy and equipment  expenses,  other insurance premiums,
data  processing  fees,  and real estate owned  writedowns  remained  relatively
stable during 1996 as compared with 1995.  The ratio of  noninterest  expense to
average assets increased from 2.51% for 1995 to 3.17% for 1996.

         Income Tax Expense.  Income tax expense decreased from $356,000 in 1995
to a benefit of $106,000 in 1996. The decrease is the result of decreased income
before  taxes  during 1996 and the  reduction  of the  valuation  allowance  for
deferred tax assets during 1996.  This reduction was primarily the result of the
expected realization of certain deferred items which were previously  considered
to be uncertain.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         The  Company's  primary  sources of funds are  deposits,  proceeds from
principal and interest  payment on loans, the maturity of and interest income on
investment  securities,  proceeds from the sale of securities available for sale
and  advances  from  the  FHLB  of New  York.  While  maturities  and  scheduled
amortization of loans and securities are a predictable source of funds,  deposit
flows,  mortgage  prepayments  and loan sales are greatly  influenced by general
interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

         The Company must maintain an adequate  level of liquidity to ensure the
availability of sufficient funds to support loan growth and deposit withdrawals,
to  satisfy   financial   commitments   and  to  take  advantage  of  investment
opportunities.  The Company  generally  maintains  sufficient cash and overnight
deposits to meet short-term liquidity needs. At December 31, 1997, cash and cash
equivalents  totaled $2.2  million,  or 1.2% of total assets.  In addition,  the
Company  maintains a credit  facility with the FHLB of New York,  which provides
for  immediately  available  advances.  As of December 31,  1997,  there were no
advances  under this credit  facility.  Depending on market  conditions  and the
pricing of deposit  products  and FHLB  borrowings,  the Company may continue to
rely on FHLB borrowings for its liquidity needs.
<PAGE>
         The Company is required to maintain  minimum levels of liquid assets as
defined by OTS  regulations.  This  requirement,  which may be varied by the OTS
depending upon economic conditions and deposit flows, is based upon a percentage
of deposits and short-term  borrowings.  The required minimum liquidity ratio is
currently 4.0%.

         The primary investing activities of the Company are the origination and
purchase of mortgage  loans and the  purchase  of  securities.  During the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company's mortgage loan originations
and  purchases  totaled  $35.4  million,   $31.4  million,  and  $23.6  million,
respectively.  The  Company  purchased  securities  available  for  sale of $6.1
million for the year ended  December 31, 1997.  The Company did not purchase any
securities  available  for sale  during  1996 and 1995.  The  Company  purchased
investment securities during the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 of
$1.7 million, $6.0 million and $15.4 million, respectively.

         The primary  financing  activity of the  Company is the  attraction  of
deposits and the issuance and  subsequent  repurchase of the  Company's  shares.
During  the  years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1996,  and  1995,  the  Company
experienced  a net  increase  in deposits of $9.9  million,  $945,000,  and $1.4
million,  respectively.  During  1995 the  Company  received  $13.0  million net
proceeds  from the sale of common  stock  during its  initial  public  offering.
During the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company  repurchased 77,475 shares.
During the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company  repurchased 269,750 shares
of which 53,222  shares were used to fund the RRP. The average price of treasury
shares  purchased was $19.68  totaling $1.5 million for 1997 and $12.68 totaling
$3.5 million for 1996. The average price paid was approximately 111.0% and 74.4%
of  the  Company's  book  value  per  share  at  December  31,  1997  and  1996,
respectively.  The Office of Thrift  Supervision  (OTS)  restricts the number of
shares  which  may  be  repurchased  during  the  three  year  period  following
conversion. Generally, only 5% of shares outstanding may be repurchased annually
during the first three years following conversion.  However, the OTS has allowed
additional  share  repurchases  of 5% annually  based on  extenuating  facts and
circumstances.

         At December 31, 1997, the Bank's  capital  exceeded each of the capital
requirements  of the OTS. At December  31,  1997,  the Bank's  tangible and core
capital levels were both $19.0 million (10.88% of total adjusted assets) and its
risk-based  capital  level  was $19.8  million  (21.16%  of total  risk-weighted
assets).  The current minimum regulatory capital ratio requirements are 1.5% for
tangible capital, 3.0% for core capital and 8.0% for risk-weighted capital.

         The Company anticipates that it will have sufficient funds available to
meet its current commitments.  At December 31, 1997, the Company had commitments
to  originate  loans of $3.5  million  as well as undrawn  commitments  of $10.4
million on home equity and other lines of credit. Certificates of deposits which
are  scheduled to mature in one year or less at December 31, 1997 totaled  $65.3
million.  Management  believes that a significant portion of these deposits will
remain with the Company.
<PAGE>
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

         The  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  financial  data
presented  herein  have been  prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles  ("GAAP"),  which  generally  requires the measurement of
financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without
considering the change in the relative  purchasing  power of money over time due
to inflation. The primary impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost
of the Company's operations. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the
assets and liabilities of a financial  institution are monetary in nature.  As a
result,  interest rates generally have a more significant  impact on a financial
institution's performance than do general levels of inflation. Interest rates do
not  necessarily  move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices
of goods and services.

Impact of Recent Accounting Standards

          In  June  1997,  the  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standard No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income" ("SFAS No. 130").  SFAS No. 130 establishes  standards for reporting and
displaying  of  comprehensive  income.  SFAS No. 130 states  that  comprehensive
income includes the reported net income of a company adjusted for items that are
currently  accounted for as direct entries to equity, such as the mark to market
adjustment on securities  available for sale, foreign currency items and minimum
pension  liability  adjustments.  This  Statement is effective  for fiscal years
beginning  after  December  15,  1997.  Management  will  include  the  required
information in the Company's 1998 consolidated financial statements.

         In June  1997,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 131,  "Disclosures  about  Segments of an  Enterprise  and Related
Information"  ("SFAS No.  131"),  which  establishes  standards for reporting by
public companies about operating  segments of their business.  SFAS No. 131 also
establishes  standards  for related  disclosures  about  products and  services,
geographic  areas, and major customers.  This Statement is effective for periods
beginning  after  December  15, 1997.  As  required,  the Company will adopt the
reporting requirements of this Statement in 1998.

Impact of the Year 2000

         The Company is aware of the issues associated with the programming code
in existing  computer systems as the millennium  ("Year 2000")  approaches.  The
Year 2000 problem is pervasive and complex as virtually every computer operation
will be affected in some way by the  rollover of the two digit year value to 00.
The issue is whether  computer  systems will properly  recognize  date sensitive
information  when  the  year  changes  to  2000.  Systems  that do not  properly
recognize such  information  could generate  erroneous data or cause a system to
fail.
<PAGE>
         The Company is  utilizing  both  internal  and  external  resources  to
identify,  correct or reprogram,  and test its systems for Year 2000 compliance.
It is anticipated that all  reprogramming  efforts will be completed by December
31, 1998, allowing adequate time for testing.  To date,  confirmations have been
received  from the  Company's  primary  processing  vendors that plans are being
developed to address  processing of transactions  in the year 2000.  Incremental
expenses related to this issue are not, at this time, expected to be material to
the performance of the Company.

         The risks of this issue go beyond the  Company's  own  ability to solve
the Year 2000  issues.  Should  suppliers  of  critical  services  fail in their
efforts to become Year 2000 compliant,  or if significant third party interfaces
fail to be compatible with SFS Bancorp,  Inc. or fail to be Year 2000 compliant,
it could have  significant  adverse  affects  on the  operations  and  financial
results  of the  Company.  Accordingly,  the  Company  has  begun a  process  of
assessing and monitoring the progress of all vendors of services and third party
interfaces for  compatibility  and Year 2000 compliance.  Management  intends to
develop   contingency   plans  for  all  vendors  and/or  interfaces  deemed  to
inadequately address the problems of the Year 2000.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

                         Consolidated Financial Statements

                          As of December 31, 1997 and 1996
                 and for each of the years in the three-year period
                              ended December 31, 1997


                    (With Independent Auditors' Report Thereon)


<PAGE>

                          Independent Auditors' Report


The Board of Directors and Stockholders
SFS Bancorp, Inc.:

We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of SFS Bancorp,
Inc. and  subsidiary  (the  Company) as of December  31, 1997 and 1996,  and the
related consolidated  statements of income,  changes in stockholders' equity and
cash flows for each of the years in the  three-year  period  ended  December 31,
1997. These  consolidated  financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the financial  position of SFS Bancorp,  Inc.
and  subsidiary  as of  December  31,  1997 and 1996,  and the  results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the  three-year  period
ended  December 31, 1997,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.



Albany, New York                                  /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
January 23, 1998                                  -------------------------
                                                      KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

                                      
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Consolidated Balance Sheets

                                     December 31, 1997 and 1996



               Assets                                                         1997            1996
               ------                                                         ----            ----
                                                                     (in thousands, except share data)
<S>                                                                       <C>            <C>
Cash and due from banks .............................................     $   1,876          1,296
Federal funds sold ..................................................           300          1,600
                                                                          ---------      ---------
              Total cash and cash equivalents .......................         2,176          2,896

Securities available for sale, at fair value (note 5) ...............         4,067          1,990
Investment securities (estimated fair value of $29,095
  and $35,964 at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively)(note 6) ..        28,979         36,180
Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, at cost ................         1,338          1,215
Loans receivable, net (note 7) ......................................       133,786        118,455
Accrued interest receivable (note 8) ................................         1,130          1,137
Premises and equipment, net (note 9) ................................         2,242          1,921
Real estate owned (note 10) .........................................           111            178
Prepaid expenses and other assets ...................................           599            916
                                                                          ---------      ---------
              Total assets ..........................................     $ 174,428        164,888
                                                                          =========      =========

         Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Liabilities:
     Due to depositors (note 11):
         Non-interest bearing .......................................         2,265          1,392
         Interest bearing ...........................................       148,204        139,224
                                                                          ---------      ---------
              Total deposits ........................................       150,469        140,616
                                                                          ---------      ---------

     Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance ..........         1,281          1,160
     Accrued expenses and other liabilities .........................         1,247          1,441
                                                                          ---------      ---------
              Total liabilities .....................................       152,997        143,217
                                                                          ---------      ---------

Commitments and contingent liabilities (notes 12 and 16)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Consolidated Balance Sheets

                                     December 31, 1997 and 1996
                                            (continued)



                                                                             1997            1996
                                                                             ----            ----
                                                                     (in thousands, except share data)
<S>                                                                       <C>            <C>
Stockholders' Equity:
     Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 500,000 shares .....          --             --
     Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 2,500,000 shares;
       1,495,000 shares issued at December 31, 1997 and 1996 ........            15             15
     Additional paid-in capital .....................................        14,365         14,260
     Retained earnings, substantially restricted ....................        12,422         11,687
     Treasury stock, at cost (286,528 shares at December 31, 1997,
       224,003 at December 31, 1996) ................................        (4,089)        (2,840)
     Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) ..          (837)          (957)
     Unearned recognition and retention plan (RRP) ..................          (455)          (540)
     Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of tax            10             46
                                                                          ---------      ---------

              Total stockholdersi equity ............................        21,431         21,671
                                                                          ---------      ---------

              Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ............     $ 174,428        164,888
                                                                          =========      =========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Consolidated Statements of Income

                         For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995

                                                                        1997        1996         1995
                                                                        ----        ----         ----
                                                              (in thousands, except for per share amounts)
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>          <C>
Interest income:
     Loans ......................................................     $ 9,757       8,758        7,800
     Investment securities ......................................       2,085       2,477        2,505
     Securities available for sale ..............................         286         307          492
     Federal funds sold and cash deposits .......................         153         247          640
     Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York ................          87          78           86
                                                                      -------     -------      -------
              Total interest income .............................      12,368      11,867       11,523

Interest expense:
     Deposits (note 11) .........................................       6,623       6,187        6,236
                                                                      -------     -------      -------
              Net interest income ...............................       5,745       5,680        5,287

Provision for loan losses (note 7) ..............................         120         120          370
                                                                      -------     -------      -------
              Net interest income after provision for loan losses       5,625       5,560        4,917
                                                                      -------     -------      -------
Noninterest income:
     Other loan charges .........................................         207         145          110
     Bank fees and service charges ..............................         160         138          143
     Net gain on security transactions ..........................          56           8         --
     Other income ...............................................          81         112           68
                                                                      -------     -------      -------
              Total noninterest income ..........................         504         403          321
                                                                      -------     -------      -------

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Consolidated Statements of Income

                         For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
                                             (continued)

                                                                        1997        1996         1995
                                                                        ----        ----         ----
                                                              (in thousands, except for per share amounts)
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>          <C>
Noninterest expense:
     Compensation and benefits ..................................       2,710       2,512        2,250
     Office occupancy and equipment expenses ....................         620         522          523
     Professional service fees ..................................         270         242          189
     Data processing fees .......................................         175         166          157
     Advertising and business promotion .........................          86         108          106
     Federal deposit insurance premiums .........................          74         322          323
     Federal deposit insurance special SAIF assessment ..........        --           930         --
     Other expense ..............................................         434         437          479
                                                                      -------     -------      -------
              Total noninterest expense .........................       4,369       5,239        4,027
                                                                      -------     -------      -------

              Income before taxes ...............................       1,760         724        1,211

Income tax expense (benefit) (note 12) ..........................         692        (106)         356
                                                                      -------     -------      -------
Net income ......................................................     $ 1,068         830          855
                                                                      =======     =======      =======

Basic earnings per share ........................................     $   .96         .68          .41
                                                                      =======     =======      =======

Diluted earnings per share ......................................     $   .93         .67          .41
                                                                      =======     =======      =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholdersi Equity

                                            Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995


                                                                                                          Retained                
                                                                                          Additional      earnings,     Treasury  
                                                               Shares         Common        paid-in     substantially     stock,  
                                                               Issued          stock        capital      restricted      at cost  
                                                               ------          -----        -------      ----------      -------  
                                                                                     (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Balance at December 31, 1994 ............................          --       $    --            --          10,158           --   
Net income ..............................................          --            --            --             855           --   
Adjustment of securities available for sale to fair value          --            --            --            --             --   
Common stock issued .....................................     1,495,000            15        14,185          --             --   
Acquisition of common stock by ESOP (119,600 shares) ....          --            --            --            --             --   
Allocation of ESOP stock (11,960 shares) ................          --            --              36          --             --   
                                                              ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------      ---------

Balance at December 31, 1995 ............................     1,495,000            15        14,221        11,013           --   
Net income ..............................................          --            --            --             830           --   
Adjustment of securities available for sale to fair value          --            --            --            --             --   
Purchases of common stock (269,750 shares) ..............          --            --            --            --           (3,418)
Grant of restricted stock under RRP (45,747 shares) .....          --            --            --            --              578
Amortization of unearned RRP compensation ...............          --            --            --            --             --   
Cash dividends declared on common stock .................          --            --            --            (156)          --   
Allocation of ESOP stock (11,960 shares) ................          --            --              39          --             --   
                                                              ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------      ---------

Balance at December 31, 1996 ............................     1,495,000            15        14,260        11,687         (2,840)
Net income ..............................................          --            --            --           1,068           --   
Adjustment of securities available for sale to fair value          --            --            --            --             --   
Purchases of common stock (77,475 shares) ...............          --            --            --            --           (1,486)
Grants of restricted stock under RRP (7,475 shares) .....          --            --            --            --              143
Amortization of unearned RRP compensation ...............          --            --            --            --             --   
Cash dividends declared on common stock .................          --            --            --            (333)          --   
Exercise of stock options (7,475 shares) ................          --            --            --            --               94
Allocation of ESOP stock (11,960 shares) ................          --            --             105          --             --   
                                                              ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------      ---------

Balance at December 31, 1997 ............................     1,495,000     $      15        14,365        12,422         (4,089)
                                                              =========     =========     =========     =========      =========

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholdersi Equity

                                            Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995


                                                                                              Net unrealized       
                                                                                              gain (loss) on  
                                                                   Common        Unearned      securities                         
                                                                    stock       recognition     available                         
                                                                   acquired   and retention     for sale,                         
                                                                   by ESOP        plan         net of tax     Total               
                                                                   -------        ----         ----------     -----               
                                                           
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
Balance at December 31, 1994 ............................          --             --             (112)        10,046
Net income ..............................................          --             --             --              855
Adjustment of securities available for sale to fair value          --             --              200            200
Common stock issued .....................................          --             --             --           14,200
Acquisition of common stock by ESOP (119,600 shares) ....        (1,196)          --             --           (1,196)
Allocation of ESOP stock (11,960 shares) ................           120           --             --              156
                                                              ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------

Balance at December 31, 1995 ............................        (1,076)          --               88         24,261
Net income ..............................................          --             --             --              830
Adjustment of securities available for sale to fair value          --             --              (42)           (42)
Purchases of common stock (269,750 shares) ..............          --             --             --           (3,418)
Grant of restricted stock under RRP (45,747 shares) .....          --             (578)          --             --
Amortization of unearned RRP compensation ...............          --               38           --               38
Cash dividends declared on common stock .................          --             --             --             (156)
Allocation of ESOP stock (11,960 shares) ................           119           --             --              158
                                                              ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------

Balance at December 31, 1996 ............................          (957)          (540)            46         21,671
Net income ..............................................          --             --             --            1,068
Adjustment of securities available for sale to fair value          --             --              (36)           (36)
Purchases of common stock (77,475 shares) ...............          --             --             --           (1,486)
Grants of restricted stock under RRP (7,475 shares) .....          --             (143)          --             --
Amortization of unearned RRP compensation ...............          --              228           --              228
Cash dividends declared on common stock .................          --             --             --             (333)
Exercise of stock options (7,475 shares) ................          --             --             --               94
Allocation of ESOP stock (11,960 shares) ................           120           --             --              225
                                                              ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------

Balance at December 31, 1997 ............................          (837)          (455)            10         21,431
                                                              =========      =========      =========      =========

</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

                                For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995


                                                                                  1997          1996           1995
                                                                                  ----          ----           ----
                                                                                          (in thousands)
<S>                                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents:
    Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided
       by operating activities:
         Net income .......................................................     $  1,068           830           855
         Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
       cash provided by operating activities:
              Depreciation ................................................          190           140           143
              Net accretion on securities .................................          (75)          (12)          (30)
              ESOP compensation expense ...................................          225           158           156
              Amortization of RRP .........................................          228            38          --
              Provision for loan losses ...................................          120           120           370
              Real estate owned writedown .................................         --               7          --
              Loss on sale of real estate owned ...........................            3            --          --
              Gain on sales of securities available for sale ..............          (56)           (8)         --
              (Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable ..........            7            24          (109)
              (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets ....          317          (705)          (60)
              (Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities         (200)          246           (27)
                                                                                --------      --------      --------
                  Net cash provided by operating activities ...............        1,827           838         1,298
                                                                                --------      --------      --------

Cash flows from investing activities:
     Proceeds from maturities and paydowns of
       investment securities ..............................................        8,976        12,908        11,223
     Proceeds from the sales and calls of securities
       available for sale .................................................        4,000         5,952            --
     Purchases of investment securities ...................................       (1,700)       (6,000)      (15,376)
     Purchases of securities available for sale ...........................       (6,051)           --            --
     Redemptions (purchases) of FHLB Stock ................................         (123)          (98)            6
     Net increase in loans made to customers ..............................      (11,923)      (10,859)       (2,717)
     Capital expenditures, net of disposals ...............................         (511)         (647)          (90)
     Purchases of loans receivable ........................................       (3,550)       (6,973)       (5,245)
     Proceeds from the sales of real estate owned .........................           86           193           378
                                                                                --------      --------      --------
                  Net cash used by investing activities ...................      (10,796)       (5,524)      (11,821)
                                                                                --------      --------      --------
</TABLE>
 <PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

                                For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995



                                                                                   1997          1996         1995
                                                                                   ----          ----         ----
                                                                                           (in thousands)
<S>                                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Net increase in deposits ............................................      $ 9,853           945         1,372
     Net increase (decrease) in advance payments by
       borrowers for property taxes and insurance ........................          121          (242)          132
     Purchases of common stock for treasury ..............................       (1,486)       (3,418)         --
     Cash dividends paid .................................................         (333)         (156)         --
     Proceeds from exercise of stock options .............................           94          --            --
     Net proceeds from common stock issued in stock conversion ...........         --            --          14,200
     Acquisition of common stock by ESOP .................................         --            --          (1,196)
                                                                                -------       -------       -------
                  Net cash provided (used) in financing activities .......        8,249        (2,871)       14,508
                                                                                -------       -------       -------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .....................         (720)       (7,557)        3,985
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ...........................        2,896        10,453         6,468
                                                                                -------       -------       -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year .................................      $ 2,176         2,896        10,453
                                                                                =======       =======       =======

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for:
         Interest paid ...................................................      $ 6,623         6,187         6,264
                                                                                =======       =======       =======

         Taxes paid ......................................................      $   538           509           520
                                                                                =======       =======       =======

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing activities:
     Transfer of loans to other real estate owned ........................      $    22           178           367
                                                                                =======       =======       =======

Adjustment of securities available for sale to fair value,
 net of increase in deferred tax liability of $6 in 1997 .................      $   (36)          (42)          200
                                                                                =======       =======       =======

</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

               Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(1)    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

       SFS Bancorp,  Inc. (the Holding Company) was incorporated  under Delaware
       law in March,  1995 as a holding  company to purchase  100% of the common
       stock of Schenectady  Federal Savings Bank and subsidiary (the Bank). The
       Bank  converted from a mutual form to a stock form  institution,  and the
       Holding  Company  completed its initial public offering on June 29, 1995,
       at which time the Holding Company  purchased all of the outstanding stock
       of the Bank. To date, the principal  operations of SFS Bancorp,  Inc. and
       subsidiary (the Company) have been those of the Bank.

       The following is a description of the more significant policies which the
       Company  follows in preparing and presenting its  consolidated  financial
       statements:

       (a)    Basis of Presentation

              The accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include the
              accounts of the Holding  Company,  its wholly owned subsidiary the
              Bank,  and the Bankis  wholly owned  subsidiary.  All  significant
              intercompany   transactions   and  balances  are   eliminated   in
              consolidation.  The  accounting  and  reporting  policies  of  the
              Company  conform in all material  respects to  generally  accepted
              accounting  principles and to general  practice  within the thrift
              industry. In the "Parent Company Only" financial  statements,  the
              investment  in the wholly owned  subsidiary  is carried  under the
              equity method of accounting.

              The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in
              conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles requires
              management  to make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect the
              reported  amounts  of assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
              contingent  assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated
              financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of revenues  and
              expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ
              from those estimates.

              Material   estimates   that  are   particularly   susceptible   to
              significant change in the near-term relate to the determination of
              the  allowance  for loan losses and the  valuation  of real estate
              acquired in connection  with  foreclosures  or in  satisfaction of
              loans. In connection with the  determination  of the allowance for
              loan losses and the  valuation  of real estate  owned,  management
              obtained appraisals for significant properties.

       (b)    Business

              A substantial portion of the Companyis assets are loans secured by
              real  estate  in  the  upstate  New  York  area.  In  addition,  a
              substantial  portion of the real estate  owned is located in those
              same  markets.  Accordingly,  the  ultimate  collectibility  of  a
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(1)    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

              substantial  portion of the Bankis loan portfolio and the recovery
              of a  substantial  portion of the  carrying  amount of real estate
              owned are dependent upon market conditions in the upstate New York
              region.

              Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate
              and that real estate owned is properly  valued.  While  management
              uses available  information to recognize  losses on loans and real
              estate owned,  future  additions to the allowance or writedowns on
              real estate  owned may be  necessary  based on changes in economic
              conditions.  In  addition,  various  regulatory  agencies,  as  an
              integral part of their examination  process,  periodically  review
              the Bankis  allowance  for loan losses.  Such agencies may require
              the Bank to recognize  additions to the allowance or writedowns on
              real  estate  owned  based on their  judgments  about  information
              available to them at the time of their  examination  which may not
              be currently available to management.

       (c)    Cash Equivalents

              For purposes of the  consolidated  statements  of cash flows,  the
              Company  considers  all cash and due from banks and federal  funds
              sold to be cash equivalents.

       (d)    Securities  Available for Sale, Investment Securities  and Federal
              Home Loan Bank of New York Stock

              Management determines the appropriate classification of securities
              at the time of purchase. If management has the positive intent and
              ability to hold debt  securities to maturity,  they are classified
              as investment  securities  and are stated at amortized  cost.  All
              other debt and  marketable  equity  securities  are  classified as
              securities available for sale and are reported at fair value, with
              net unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of
              stockholders'  equity,  net of estimated income taxes. The Company
              does not maintain a trading portfolio.

              Realized  gains and losses on the sale of securities  are based on
              the net proceeds and the amortized  cost of the  securities  sold,
              using the specific  identification  method. The cost of securities
              is adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount,
              which is calculated on an effective interest method.

              Mortgage backed securities, which are guaranteed by the Government
              National  Mortgage  Association  ("GNMA"),  the Federal  Home Loan
              Mortgage Corporation  ("FHLMC"),  or the Federal National Mortgage
              Association ("FNMA"),  represent participating interests in direct
              pass-through  pools of long-term  first mortgage loans  originated
              and serviced by the issuers of the securities.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

(1)    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

              Unrealized  losses on securities  are charged to earnings when the
              decline  in fair  value of a  security  is judged to be other than
              temporary.

              Non-marketable  equity securities,  such as Federal Home Loan Bank
              of New York stock,  are stated at cost.  The investment in Federal
              Home Bank of New York stock is required for membership.

       (e)    Loans Receivable

              Loans  receivable are stated at unpaid  principal  amount,  net of
              unearned discount,  unamortized  premiums,  deferred loan fees and
              the allowance  for loan losses.  Premiums and discounts on related
              loans are amortized  into income using a method that  approximates
              the  level-yield  method.  Loan  origination  fees net of  certain
              related  costs  are  generally  amortized  into  income  over  the
              estimated   term  of  the  loan  using  the  interest   method  of
              amortization.  Interest  income  on loans is not  recognized  when
              considered doubtful of collection by management.

              Loans  considered  doubtful of collection by management are placed
              on a nonaccrual  status for the  recording of interest.  Generally
              loans past due 90 days or more as to  principal  or  interest  are
              placed on nonaccrual  status  except for certain  loans which,  in
              management's  judgment,  are  adequately  secured  and  for  which
              collection  is probable.  Previously  accrued  income that has not
              been collected is reversed from current  income.  Thereafter,  the
              application  of  payments  received  (principal  or  interest)  is
              dependent on the expectation of ultimate repayment of the loan. If
              ultimate repayment of the loan is expected,  any payments received
              are applied in  accordance  with  contractual  terms.  If ultimate
              repayment of principal is not expected or management  judges it to
              be prudent,  any payment  received on a nonaccrual loan is applied
              to principal until ultimate repayment becomes expected.  Loans are
              removed  from  nonaccrual  status when they  become  current as to
              principal and interest and when, in the opinion of management, the
              loans are  estimated to be fully  collectible  as to principal and
              interest.  Amortization of related deferred fees is suspended when
              a loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

              The  allowance  for loan losses is  maintained  at a level  deemed
              appropriate by management  based on an evaluation of the known and
              inherent   risks  in  the   present   portfolio,   the   level  of
              non-performing  loans, past loan loss experience,  estimated value
              of underlying  collateral,  and current and  prospective  economic
              conditions.  The  allowance is increased  by  provisions  for loan
              losses charged to operations.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(1)    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

              Impaired  loans are  identified  and measured in  accordance  with
              Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS)  No.  114,
              "Accounting  by Creditors for  Impairment of a Loan," and SFAS No.
              118,  "Accounting  by Creditors for  Impairment of a Loan - Income
              Recognition and  Disclosures." A loan is considered  impaired when
              it is probable  that the borrower will be unable to repay the loan
              according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement,
              or the  loan is  restructured  in a  troubled  debt  restructuring
              subsequent  to January 1, 1995.  These  standards  are  applicable
              principally  to  commercial  and  commercial  real  estate  loans,
              however,  certain  provisions  related to  restructured  loans are
              applicable to all loan types. The adoption of these Statements did
              not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial
              statements.

              Under these  Statements  the allowance for loan losses  related to
              impaired loans is based on discounted  cash flows using the loan's
              initial  effective   interest  rate  or  the  fair  value  of  the
              collateral  for  certain  loans  where  repayment  of the  loan is
              expected  to be  provided  solely  by  the  underlying  collateral
              (collateral  dependent  loans).  The Company's  impaired loans are
              generally  collateral  dependent.  The Company considers estimated
              costs to sell on a  discounted  basis  when  determining  the fair
              value of  collateral  in the  measurement  of  impairment if these
              costs are expected to reduce the cash flows  available to repay or
              otherwise satisfy the loans.

              As a matter of policy, the Company generally places impaired loans
              on nonaccrual status and recognizes  interest income on such loans
              only on a cash basis. In some instances,  all monies received from
              the  borrower,  or from the  proceeds of  collateral,  are applied
              directly  to reduce  the  principal  balance  of the loan,  and no
              interest income is recognized  until the principal  balance of the
              impaired loan is paid in full or is no longer considered impaired.

       (f)    Real Estate Owned

              Included in real estate owned are assets received from foreclosure
              and in-substance foreclosures.  In accordance with SFAS No. 114, a
              loan is classified as an in-substance foreclosure when the Company
              has taken  possession  of the  collateral  regardless  of  whether
              formal foreclosure proceedings have taken place.

              Foreclosed  assets,  including  in-substance   foreclosures,   are
              recorded  on an  individual  asset basis at net  realizable  value
              which is the lower of fair value minus  estimated costs to sell or
              "cost" (defined as the fair value at initial foreclosure).  When a
              property is acquired or  identified as  in-substance  foreclosure,
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(1)    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

              the excess of the loan  balance  over fair value is charged to the
              allowance  for loan  losses.  Subsequent  writedowns  to carry the
              property at fair value are included in noninterest expense.  Costs
              incurred to develop or improve  properties are capitalized,  while
              holding costs are charged to expense.

       (g)    Premises and Equipment, Net

              Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated
              depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation  is computed on the
              straight-line  or  accelerated  method over the  estimated  useful
              lives of the related  assets.  Useful lives are 20 to 50 years for
              banking  house  and 3 to 15 years  for  furniture,  fixtures,  and
              office equipment.

       (h)    Pension Plan

              The Company has a defined  benefit  pension plan covering all full
              time employees meeting age and service requirements.  This plan is
              accounted  for  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  87,   "Employers'
              Accounting for Pensions."

       (i)    Income Taxes

              Income taxes are provided on income  reported in the  consolidated
              statements  of income  regardless  of when such taxes are payable.
              The Company  accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No.
              109,  "Accounting  for Income  Taxes."  SFAS No. 109  requires the
              asset and liability  method of accounting for income taxes.  Under
              the  asset and  liability  method of SFAS No.  109,  deferred  tax
              assets  and   liabilities   are  recognized  for  the  future  tax
              consequences   attributable  to  differences   between   financial
              statement  carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
              their  respective tax basis.  Deferred tax assets and  liabilities
              are measured  using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
              income  in the  years in which  those  temporary  differences  are
              expected  to be  recovered  or settled.  Under SFAS No.  109,  the
              effect on deferred tax assets and  liabilities  of a change in tax
              rates is  recognized  in income in the period  that  includes  the
              enactment  date. The Company's  policy is that deferred tax assets
              are  reduced by a  valuation  reserve  if,  based on the weight of
              available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of
              the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

(1)    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

       (j)    Accounting  for Transfers and Servicing  of Financial  Assets  and
              Extinguishment of Liabilities

              In June,  1996, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB)
              issued SFAS No. 125,  "Accounting  for  Transfers and Servicing of
              Financial  Assets  and   Extinguishments  of  Liabilities,"  which
              provides  accounting  and  reporting  standards  for transfers and
              servicing of financial  assets and  extinguishment  of liabilities
              based on consistent application of a financial-components approach
              that  focuses on control.  The Company  adopted SFAS No. 125 as of
              January 1, 1997.  Certain  aspects of SFAS No. 125 were amended by
              SFAS  No.  127,   "Deferral  of  the  Effective  Date  of  Certain
              Provisions  of FASB  Statement  No. 125." The adoption of SFAS No.
              125 did not have a material  impact on the Company's  consolidated
              financial statements.

       (k)    Borrowings

              The  Company  has an  overnight  line of  credit  and a  one-month
              overnight repricing line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank
              of New York as of December 31, 1997 totaling  approximately  $16.6
              million.  The interest rate may fluctuate based on existing market
              conditions  and  customers'  demands  for  credit.  There  were no
              amounts  outstanding  under  this line of credit at  December  31,
              1997.

       (l)    Stock Based Compensation Plans

              Compensation  expense in connection  with the  Company's  Employee
              Stock  Ownership  Plan (ESOP) is recorded in  accordance  with the
              American Institute of Certified Public  Accountants'  Statement of
              Position  No. 93-6,  "Employers'  Accounting  for  Employee  Stock
              Ownership Plans."

              The Company accounts for its stock option plans in accordance with
              the  provisions of Accounting  Principles  Board (APB) Opinion No.
              25,  "Accounting  for  Stock  Issued to  Employees."  Accordingly,
              compensation  expense is recognized  only if the exercise price of
              the option is less than the fair value of the underlying  stock at
              the  grant  date.  SFAS  No.  123,   "Accounting  for  Stock-Based
              Compensation,"  encourages entities to recognize the fair value of
              all  stock-based  awards  on the  date of  grant  as  compensation
              expense  over the  vesting  period.  Alternatively,  SFAS No.  123
              allows entities to continue to apply the provisions of APB Opinion
              No.  25 and  provide  pro  forma  disclosures  of net  income  and
              earnings per share as if the  fair-value-based  method  defined in
              SFAS No. 123 had been applied. The Company has elected to continue
              to apply the  provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide the pro
              forma disclosures required by SFAS No. 123.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(1)    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

              The  Company's  Recognition  and  Retention  Plan  ("RRP") is also
              accounted  for in  accordance  with APB  Opinion  No. 25. The fair
              value of the shares  awarded,  measured as of the grant  date,  is
              recognized   as   unearned    compensation   (a   deduction   from
              stockholders' equity) and amortized to compensation expense as the
              shares become vested.  Any excess of the cost to fund purchases of
              RRP  shares  over  the   grant-date   fair  value  is  charged  to
              stockholders' equity.

       (m)    Earnings per Share

              In February,  1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings  per
              Share," which  establishes  standards for computing and presenting
              earnings per share.  SFAS No. 128 requires  dual  presentation  of
              basic and  diluted  earnings  per share on the face of the  income
              statement for all entities with a complex capital structure. Basic
              earnings per share  excludes  dilution and is computed by dividing
              income  available to common  stockholders by the weighted  average
              number  of  common  shares  outstanding  for the  period.  Diluted
              earnings per share  reflects  the  potential  dilution  that could
              occur if securities or other  contracts to issue common stock were
              exercised  or  converted  into  common  stock or  resulted  in the
              issuance of common  stock that then shared in the  earnings of the
              entity.  The Company adopted SFAS No. 128 as of December 31, 1997.
              All  earnings per share data reflect the adoption of SFAS No. 128.
              Unallocated  ESOP shares are not included in the weighted  average
              number  of  common  shares  outstanding  for  either  the basic or
              diluted earnings per share calculations.

       (n)    Reclassifications

              Amounts in the prior years' financial  statements are reclassified
              whenever necessary, in order to conform to the presentation in the
              current year's financial statements.

(2)    Conversion to Stock Ownership

              On June 29, 1995,  the Holding  Company sold  1,495,000  shares of
              common stock at $10.00 per share to  depositors,  employees of the
              Bank,  and  outsiders.  Net proceeds from the sale of stock of the
              Holding   Company,   after   deducting   conversion   expenses  of
              approximately  $750,000,  were $14.2  million and are reflected as
              common stock and additional  paid-in  capital in the  accompanying
              consolidated  balance sheets. The Company utilized $7.1 million of
              the net proceeds to acquire all of the capital stock of the Bank.

              As part of the  conversion,  the Bank  established  a  liquidation
              account  for the benefit of eligible  depositors  who  continue to
              maintain their deposit accounts in the Bank after  conversion.  In
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(1)    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

              the unlikely  event of a complete  liquidation  of the Bank,  each
              eligible  depositor  will be  entitled  to  receive a  liquidation
              distribution  from the liquidation  account,  in the proportionate
              amount of the then current  adjusted  balance for deposit accounts
              held,  before  distribution may be made with respect to the Bankis
              capital stock.  The Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend to
              the Holding Company on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if
              the effect  thereof would cause the retained  earnings of the Bank
              to be  reduced  below  the  amount  required  for the  liquidation
              account.  Except  for  such  restrictions,  the  existence  of the
              liquidation  account does not restrict the use or  application  of
              retained earnings.

              The Bank is capital  exceeds  all of the fully  phased-in  capital
              regulatory  requirements.  The Office of Thrift  Supervision (OTS)
              regulations  provide  that an  institution  that exceeds all fully
              phased-in capital requirements before and after a proposed capital
              distribution could, after prior notice but without the approval by
              the OTS, make capital distributions during the calendar year of up
              to 100% of its net income to date  during the  calendar  year plus
              the amount that would  reduce by  one-half  its  isurplus  capital
              ratioi  (the  excess  capital  over its  fully  phased-in  capital
              requirements)   at  the  beginning  of  the  calendar   year.  Any
              additional  capital  distributions  would require prior regulatory
              approval. At December 31, 1997, the maximum amount that could have
              been paid by the Bank to the  Holding  Company  was  approximately
              $7.3 million.

              The Holding Company's ability to pay dividends to its stockholders
              is  dependent  on the ability of the Bank to pay  dividends to the
              Holding Company.

(3)    Earnings Per Share

              The  following  is  a   reconciliation   of  the   numerators  and
              denominators  for the basic and diluted  earnings  per share (EPS)
              calculations for the years ended December 31:
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      (in thousands except share and per share information)
                                                               1997
                                                              Weighted
                                                               Average
                                              Net Income       Shares        Per-Share
                                             (Numerator)    (Denominator)       Amount
                                             -----------    -------------       ------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>             <C>
Basic EPS .................................     $1,068         1,108,094     $      .96
                                                                             ==========

Dilutive effect of potential common shares
  related to stock based compensation plans       --              46,231
                                                ------       -----------      
Diluted EPS ...............................     $1,068         1,154,325     $      .93
                                                ======       ===========     ==========
<CAPTION>

                                                                 1996
                                                               Weighted
                                                                Average
                                              Net Income        Shares        Per-Share
                                             (Numerator)    (Denominator)      Amount
                                              -----------    -------------    ------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>             <C>
Basic EPS .................................     $830          1,224,703       $  .68
                                                                              ======

Dilutive effect of potential common shares
  related to stock based compensation plans      --              10,128
                                                ----          ---------
Diluted EPS ...............................     $830          1,234,831       $  .67
                                                ====          =========       ====== 
</TABLE>
              There were no potential  common  shares  outstanding  during 1995.
              Earnings per share in 1995 were  compiled on earnings and weighted
              average  shares  from  the  date of the  initial  public  offering
              through December 31, 1995. Weighted average shares outstanding and
              net  income  for  this  period  were   1,495,000   and   $613,000,
              respectively.

(4)    Reserve Requirements

              The  Company is  required  to  maintain  certain  reserves of cash
              and/or  deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank. The amount of this
              reserve  requirement,  included  in cash and due from  banks,  was
              approximately $164,000 and $171,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1996,
              respectively.

              The Company is also required to maintain  certain  levels of stock
              in the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(5)    Securities Available for Sale

              The  amortized  cost and  estimated  fair  value are as follows at
              December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     1997
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                               Gross          Gross       Estimated
                                                              Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized       Fair
                                                                Cost           Gains         Losses         Value
                                                                ----           -----         ------         -----
                                                                                  (in thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>            <C>          <C>    

           U.S. Government securities and agencies           $   4,051           16              -           4,067
                                                               -------        -----          ------       --------
               Total securities available for sale           $   4,051           16              -           4,067
                                                               =======        =====          ======       ========

<CAPTION>

                                                                                     1996
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                               Gross          Gross       Estimated
                                                              Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized       Fair
                                                                Cost           Gains         Losses         Value
                                                                                  (in thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>            <C>          <C>    
           Mutual funds                                      $   1,944           46            -             1,990
                                                               -------        -----          ------       --------
               Total securities available for sale           $   1,944           46            -             1,990
                                                               =======        =====          ======       ========
</TABLE>
              The  securities  available for sale portfolio at December 31, 1996
              consists  of  mutual  funds   representing   investments  in  both
              adjustable  and fixed rate  mortgage-related  securities  and U.S.
              Government obligations.

              Proceeds  from  the sale of  securities  available  for sale  were
              approximately  $2.0 million and $6.0 million during 1997 and 1996,
              respectively.  During 1997, sales of securities available for sale
              resulted in gross realized gains of $56,000. During 1996, sales of
              securities  available for sale resulted in gross realized gains of
              $44,000 and gross realized losses of $36,000.  There were no sales
              of securities available for sale during 1995.

              All securities  available for sale at December 31, 1997 are due to
              contractually   mature  in  approximately  five  years.   Expected
              maturities will differ from contractual maturities because certain
              issuers may have the right to call or prepay  obligations  with or
              without call or prepayment penalties.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(6)    Investment Securities

              The  amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  values  of  investment
              securities are as follows at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997
                                     -----------------------------------------------
                                                    Gross        Gross     Estimated
                                     Amortized   Unrealized    Unrealized      Fair
                                       Cost         Gains        Losses       Value
                                       ----         -----        ------       -----
                                                      (in thousands)
<S>                                   <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Mortgage backed
    securities ..................     $16,966         194         (84)      17,076
U.S. Government
    securities and agencies .....      11,937          24         (18)      11,943
States and political
    subdivisions ................          76        --          --             76
                                      -------     -------     -------      -------
      Total investment securities     $28,979         218        (102)      29,095
                                      =======     =======     =======      =======
<CAPTION>

                                                          1996
                                     -----------------------------------------------
                                                    Gross        Gross     Estimated
                                     Amortized   Unrealized    Unrealized      Fair
                                       Cost         Gains        Losses       Value
                                       ----         -----        ------       -----
                                                      (in thousands)
<S>                                    <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Mortgage backed
    securities ......................  $20,434         232        (344)      20,322
U.S. Government
    securities and agencies .........   13,461           1         (98)      13,364
States and political subdivisions ...       84        --          --             84
Public utilities ....................    2,201        --            (7)       2,194
                                       -------     -------     -------      -------
      Total investment securities$ ..   36,180         233        (449)      35,964
                                       =======     =======     =======      =======
</TABLE>


              There were no sales of investment  securities during 1997, 1996 or
              1995.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

              The  amortized   cost  and  estimated  fair  value  of  investment
              securities  at December 31, 1997,  by  contractual  maturity,  are
              shown below  (mortgage  backed  securities  are  included by final
              contractual  maturity).   Expected  maturities  will  differ  from
              contractual  maturities  because  borrowers  may have the right to
              call or prepay  obligations  with or  without  call or  prepayment
              penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Amortized        Estimated
                                                          Cost           Fair Value
                                                          ----           ----------
                                                              (in thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>
Due within one year ..........................          $ 4,118            4,114
Due one year to five years ...................           16,625           16,544
Due five years to ten years ..................            1,381            1,384
Due after ten years ..........................            6,855            7,053
                                                        -------          -------
     Total investment securities .............          $28,979           29,095
                                                        =======          =======
</TABLE>
(7)    Loans Receivable, Net

       A summary of loans receivable is as follows at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1997        1996
                                                              ----        ----
                                                              (in thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>
Loans secured by real estate:
     Residential:
         Conventional ................................     $100,277       84,840
         Home equity .................................       22,658       22,904
         FHA insured .................................        2,772        3,511
         VA guaranteed ...............................        2,028        2,810
     Commercial and multi family .....................        6,130        4,532
                                                           --------     --------
                                                            133,865      118,597    
                                                            -------     --------
Other loans:
     Loans on savings accounts .......................          573          478
     Personal ........................................          143           34
     Other ...........................................            5           11
                                                           --------     --------
                                                                721          523
                                                           --------     --------
Less:
     Unearned discount and net deferred loan fees ....           22           23
     Allowance for loan losses .......................          778          642
                                                           --------     --------
                                                                800          665
                                                           --------     --------
         Loans receivable, net .......................     $133,786      118,455
                                                           ========     ========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

              Not included in the  Company's  loans  receivable  are real estate
              mortgages   serviced  by  the  Bank  for  other   institutions  of
              approximately $3.5 and $4.2 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996,
              respectively.

              At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  the recorded  investment  in loans
              that were  considered  to be  impaired  under SFAS No. 114 totaled
              approximately $691,000 and $744,000,  respectively.  The amount in
              both years  represents  one  impaired  loan  that,  as a result of
              charge-offs  of  approximately   $202,000,   did  not  require  an
              allowance for credit losses determined in accordance with SFAS No.
              114. The average recorded  investment in impaired loans during the
              years ended  December  31, 1997,  1996 and 1995 was  approximately
              $718,000, $744,000 and $1,091,000, respectively.

              For the years ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995, the Company
              recognized  approximately  $0,  $74,000  and  $50,000 of  interest
              income on impaired loans, respectively.

              The  following  table sets forth the  information  with  regard to
              non-performing loans at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1997           1996
                                                            ----           ----
                                                               (in thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>
Loans on a nonaccrual status .....................         $1,328            801
Loans contractually past due 90 days
    or more and still accruing interest ..........             19             32
Restructured loans ...............................           --             --
                                                           ------         ------
         Total non-performing loans ..............         $1,347            833
                                                           ======         ======
</TABLE>
              Interest on nonaccrual  loans of approximately  $89,000,  $81,000,
              and $99,000 would have been earned in accordance with the original
              contractual   terms  of  the   loans  in  1997,   1996  and  1995,
              respectively.  Approximately $0, $74,000,  and $38,000 of interest
              was  collected and  recognized  as income in 1997,  1996 and 1995,
              respectively. There are no commitments to extend further credit on
              the restructured loans.

              Certain  directors  and  executive  officers of the  Company  were
              customers  of and had other  transactions  with the Company in the
              ordinary  course of business.  Loans to these parties were made in
              the ordinary  course of business at the  Companyis  normal  credit
              terms,   including  interest  rate  and   collateralization.   The
              aggregate  of  such  loans  totaled  approximately   $127,000  and
              $145,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  There were
              no advances to the  directors and  executive  officers  during the
              year ended  December 31, 1997.  Total payments made on these loans
              were approximately $18,000 during 1997.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
 
              Changes in the  allowance  for loan losses were as follows for the
              years ended December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1997       1996       1995
                                                     ----       ----       ----
                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>  
Balance, beginning of year ....................     $ 642        572        861
Provision charged to operations ...............       120        120        370
Loans charged off .............................       (26)       (87)      (718)
Recoveries on loans previously charged off ....        42         37         59
                                                    -----      -----      -----
Balance, end of year ..........................     $ 778        642        572
                                                    =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>
(8)    Accrued Interest Receivable

              A summary of accrued interest receivable by type was as follows at
              December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1997           1996
                                                               (in thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>
Loans ............................................         $  766            693
Securities available for sale ....................             68           --
Investment securities ............................            296            444
                                                           ------         ------
    Total accrued interest receivable ............         $1,130          1,137
                                                           ======         ======
</TABLE>
(9)    Premises and Equipment, Net

              Premises and equipment are summarized by major  classification  as
              follows at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1997         1996
                                                              ----         ----
                                                                (in thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>

Land .................................................       $  338          305
Leasehold improvements ...............................          241          240
Office buildings .....................................        2,550        2,338
Furniture, fixtures and equipment ....................        1,135          889
                                                             ------       ------
        Total ........................................        4,264        3,772

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization .......        2,022        1,851
                                                             ------       ------
        Premises and equipment, net ..................       $2,242        1,921
                                                             ======       ======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
 
              Depreciation  expense  included in office  occupancy and equipment
              expense amounted to approximately $190,000, $140,000, and $143,000
              for  the  years  ended   December   31,   1997,   1996  and  1995,
              respectively.

(10)   Real Estate Owned

              A summary  of real  estate  acquired  through  foreclosure  by the
              Company or classified as in-substance foreclosure is as follows at
              December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1997          1996
                                                             ----          ----
                                                               (in thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>
Residential (1 - 4 family) .....................            $ 26              93
Commercial property ............................              85              85
                                                            ----            ----
    Total real estate owned ....................            $111             178
                                                            ====            ====
</TABLE>

(11)   Due to Depositors

              Due to depositors  account  balances are  summarized as follows at
              December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Stated
                                                                rate            1997          1996
                                                             -----------      --------    ---------
                                                                          (in thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>          <C>
Savings deposit accounts:
     Passbook and statement deposit accounts ...........            3.00%     $ 36,681       37,152
     Money market deposit accounts .....................     2.60 - 4.30         7,619        6,074
                                                                              --------     --------
                                                                                44,300       43,226
Time deposit accounts:
                                                             4.00 - 4.99           801       23,244
                                                             5.00 - 5.99        84,451       50,815
                                                             6.00 - 6.99         9,489       12,835
                                                                              --------     --------
                                                                                94,741       86,894
NOW deposit accounts ...................................            1.75         9,163        9,104
Demand deposit accounts ................................               0         2,265        1,392
                                                                              --------     --------
         Total deposits ................................                      $150,469      140,616
                                                                              ========     ========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

              The approximate  amount of contractual  maturities of time deposit
              accounts at December 31, 1997 are as follows:

                Year ended December 31,                      (in thousands)
                -----------------------                      --------------

                         1998                                  $    65,273
                         1999                                       22,314
                         2000                                        3,247
                         2001                                        1,508
                         2002                                        2,399
                                                               -----------
                                                               $    94,741

              At  December  31,  1997 and  1996,  the  aggregate  amount of time
              deposit  accounts with balances  equal to or in excess of $100,000
              was approximately $8.4 million and $6.2 million, respectively.

              Interest expense on deposits and advance payments by borrowers for
              property  taxes and  insurance  is  summarized  as follows for the
              years ended December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1997        1996         1995    
                                                  ----        ----         ----    
                                                      (in thousands)         
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>  
Escrow balances ............................     $   25          25          29
Passbook and statement savings .............      1,113       1,173       1,325
Money market accounts ......................        251         161         129
Time deposits ..............................      5,075       4,680       4,620
NOW accounts ...............................        159         148         133
                                                 ------      ------      ------

     Total interest on deposits and advance
       payments by borrowers for property
        taxes and insurance ................     $6,623       6,187       6,236
                                                 ======      ======      ======

         Weighted average interest rates ...       4.59%       4.37%       4.56%
                                                 ======      ======      ======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


 (12)  Income Taxes

              The following is a summary of the components of income tax expense
              for the years ended December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1997          1996           1995
                                                ----          ----           ----
                                                        (in thousands)
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>
Current tax expense:
    Federal ...........................        $ 583           372           306
    State .............................          121            76            50
    Deferred benefit ..................          (12)         (554)         --
                                               -----         -----         -----
Income tax expense (benefit) ..........        $ 692          (106)          356
                                               =====         =====         =====
</TABLE>
              The provision for income taxes is less than the amount computed by
              applying the U.S.  Federal income tax rate of 34% to income before
              taxes as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1997                     1996                 1995
                                         -------------------     -------------------    --------------------
                                                        % of                   % of                   % of
                                                       Pretax                  Pretax                 Pretax
                                         Amount       Income     Amount        Income   Amount       Income
                                         ------       ------     ------        ------   ------       ------
                                                                (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>

Tax expense at statutory rate .......     $ 598         34.0%    $ 246         34.0%    $ 412         34.0%
State income tax, net of
    federal tax benefit .............       105          5.9        45          6.2        33          2.7
Change in beginning of year
    balance of the valuation
    allowance for deferred tax assets        --           --      (396)       (54.7)      (78)        (6.4)
Other, net ..........................       (11)         (.6)       (1)         (.1)      (11)         (.9)
                                          -----         ----     -----         ----     -----         ----
                                          $ 692         39.3%    $(106)       (14.6)%   $ 356         29.4%
                                          =====         ====     =====         ====     =====         ====
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 
              The tax effects of  significant  temporary  differences  that give
              rise to the deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows at
              December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               1997        1996
                                                               ----        ----
                                                                (in thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Deferred tax assets:
    Allowance for loan losses ..........................      $ 334         276
    Deferred compensation and pension costs ............        430         406
    Recognition and retention plan expense .............         52          62
    Securities basis adjustment ........................         22          46
                                                              -----       -----
         Total gross deferred tax assets ...............        838         790
         Less valuation allowance ......................        (96)        (96)
                                                              -----       -----
         Net deferred tax assets .......................        742         694
                                                              -----       -----

Deferred tax liabilities:
    Depreciation differences ...........................         72          74
    Accretion of discount on securities ................         53          19
    Other items ........................................         51          47
                                                              -----       -----
         Total gross deferred tax liabilities ..........        176         140
                                                              -----       -----

         Net deferred tax asset at year-end ............        566         554

         Net deferred tax asset at beginning of year ...        554        --
                                                              -----       -----

         Deferred tax benefit for the years ended ......      $  12         554
                                                              =====       =====
</TABLE>

              In  addition to the  deferred  tax amounts  described  above,  the
              Company also had a deferred tax liability of approximately  $6,000
              at  December  31,  1997,  related to the net  unrealized  gains on
              securities available for sale.

              The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31,
              1997 and 1996 was  $96,000.  During  the year ended  December  31,
              1996,  the  valuation  allowance  was  reduced by  $396,000.  This
              reduction was primarily the result of the expected  realization of
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


              certain  deferred  items which were  previously  considered  to be
              uncertain. In evaluating the valuation allowance the Company takes
              into consideration the nature and timing of the deferred tax asset
              items as well as the amount of available open tax carrybacks.  The
              Company has fully  reserved its New York State deferred tax asset,
              which is a  significant  component of deferred tax assets,  due to
              the lack of carryback and carryforward provisions available in New
              York  State.  Any  changes  in the  deferred  tax asset  valuation
              allowance is based upon the Company's continuing evaluation of the
              level of such  allowance  and the  realizability  of the temporary
              differences  creating  the  deferred  tax  asset.  Based on recent
              historical and  anticipated  future pre-tax  earnings,  management
              believes it is more likely than not that the Company  will realize
              its net deferred tax assets.

              As a thrift institution, the Bank is subject to special provisions
              in the Federal and New York State tax laws regarding its allowable
              tax bad debt  deductions and related tax bad debt reserves.  These
              deductions  historically  have been determined using methods based
              on loss experience or a percentage of taxable income. Tax bad debt
              reserves  are   maintained   equal  to  the  excess  of  allowable
              deductions   over  actual  bad  debt  losses  and  other   reserve
              reductions.  These reserves consist of a defined base-year amount,
              plus additional amounts ("excess reserves")  accumulated after the
              base year.  SFAS No. 109  requires  recognition  of  deferred  tax
              liabilities with respect to such excess  reserves,  as well as any
              portion  of the  base-year  amount  which is  expected  to  become
              taxable (or "recaptured") in the foreseeable future.

              Certain  amendments  to the  Federal  and New York  State tax laws
              regarding  bad debt  deductions  were  enacted  in July and August
              1996. The Federal amendments include elimination of the percentage
              of taxable  income method for tax years  beginning  after December
              31, 1995,  and  imposition  of a  requirement  to  recapture  into
              taxable income (over a period of approximately  six years) the bad
              debt  reserves  in  excess  of the  base-year  amounts.  The  Bank
              previously established,  and will continue to maintain, a deferred
              tax liability  with respect to such excess Federal  reserves.  The
              New York State  amendments  redesignate  the Bank's state bad debt
              reserves at December  31,  1995 as the  base-year  amount and also
              provide for future  additions to the  base-year  reserve using the
              percentage of taxable income method.

              In accordance  with SFAS No. 109, a deferred tax liability has not
              been recognized at December 31, 1997 with respect to the base-year
              reserve of $4.6 million,  since the Bank does not expect that this
              amount will become taxable in the  foreseeable  future.  Under New
              York  State tax law,  as  amended,  events  that  would  result in
              taxation  of this  reserve  include  the  failure  of the  Bank to
              maintain a specified  qualifying assets ratio or meet other thrift
              definition tests for tax purposes.  The unrecognized  deferred tax
              liability  at  December  31,  1997 with  respect to the  base-year
              reserve was approximately $1.6 million.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


(13)   Employee Benefit Plans

       (a)    Pension Plan

              The Company's defined benefit, non-contributory, pension plan (the
              "Plan")  covers all full time  employees  meeting  age and service
              requirements.  The  benefit  formula  is equal to 2% of three year
              average  base  earnings  multiplied  by the  number  of  years  of
              credited service up to 30 years. Benefits contemplated by the Plan
              are being funded under a group annuity  contract with an insurance
              company.

              The  following  table  sets  forth the  Plan's  funded  status and
              amounts  recognized  in  the  Company is  consolidated   financial
              statements at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1997         1996
                                                                   ----         ----
                                                                    (in thousands)
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
   Accumulated benefit obligation, including
      vested benefits of approximately $3,357,000
      in 1997 and $2,828,000 in 1996 ........................     $(3,436)      (2,927)
                                                                  =======      =======

   Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date       (4,662)      (3,936)
   Plan assets at fair value ................................       3,636        3,190
                                                                  -------      -------
   Projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets ...      (1,026)        (746)
   Unrecognized net loss from past experience different
      from that assumed of effects and changes in assumptions         704          359
   Unrecognized prior service costs .........................           2            2
   Unrecognized net obligation at January 1, 1989 being
      recognized over 19.66 years ...........................         246          269
                                                                  -------      -------
   Accrued pension liability ................................     $   (74)        (116)
                                                                  =======      =======
</TABLE>
                  Net  pension  cost  for  1997,  1996  and  1995  included  the
following components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1997        1996       1995
                                                     ----        ----       ----
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Service cost - benefits earned during the period     $ 171        171        139
Interest cost on projected benefit obligations .       288        265        237
Actual return on plan assets ...................      (295)      (171)      (352)
Net amortization and deferral ..................        26        (67)       151
                                                     -----      -----      -----
Net periodic pension cost ......................     $ 190        198        175
                                                     =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 
              Significant assumptions used in determining pension expense of the
              Plan are as follows for the years ended December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                      1997        1996        1995
                                                      ----        ----        ----
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>
Discount rate ..............................          7.0%        7.5%        7.5%
Expected long-term rate of return ..........          9.0%        9.0%        9.0%
Compensation increase rate .................          6.0%        6.0%        6.0%
</TABLE>

       (b)    Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan

              The Company  maintains an Executive  Supplemental  Retirement Plan
              for key management personnel. An expense of approximately $72,000,
              $72,000,  and  $107,000  was  recorded  in 1997,  1996  and  1995,
              respectively.

       (c)    401(k) Savings Plan

              The Company maintains a defined  contribution 401(k) savings plan,
              covering all full time employees who have attained age 21 and have
              completed  one year of  employment.  The  Company  matches  50% of
              employee  contributions  that are less  than or equal to 6% of the
              employeeis  salary.  Total expense  recorded during 1997, 1996 and
              1995   was   approximately   $27,000,    $23,000,   and   $24,000,
              respectively.


(14)   Stock-Based Compensation Plans

       (a)    Employee Stock Ownership Plan

              As part of the  conversion  discussed in note 2, an employee stock
              ownership plan (ESOP) was established to provide substantially all
              employees   of  the  Company  the   opportunity   to  also  become
              stockholders.  The  ESOP  borrowed  $1,196,000  from  the  Holding
              Company  and used the  funds to  purchase  119,600  shares  of the
              common  stock of the Company  issued in the  conversion.  The loan
              will  be  repaid   principally   from  the  Bankis   discretionary
              contributions  to the ESOP over a period of ten years. At December
              31, 1997 and 1996, the loan had an outstanding balance of $837,200
              and $956,800,  respectively,  and an interest rate of 7.31%.  Both
              the loan obligation and the unearned  compensation  are reduced by
              the amount of loan repayments made by the ESOP.  Shares  purchased
              with  the  loan  proceeds  are  held  in a  suspense  account  for
              allocation among participants as the loan is repaid. Contributions
              to the ESOP and shares  released  from the  suspense  account  are
              allocated  among  participants on the basis of compensation in the
              year of allocation.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


              Unallocated  ESOP shares are pledged as collateral on the loan and
              are reported in stockholders'  equity. As shares are released from
              collateral,  the Company reports compensation expense equal to the
              current  market  price  of  the  shares,  and  the  shares  become
              outstanding for earnings per share computations.  Unallocated ESOP
              shares are not included in the  earnings  per share  computations.
              The  Company  recorded  approximately  $225,000  and  $158,000  of
              compensation   expense   under   the  ESOP  in  1997   and   1996,
              respectively.

              The ESOP shares as of December 31, 1997 were as follows:

                  Allocated shares                                        23,920
                  Shares released for allocation                          11,960
                  Unallocated shares                                      83,720
                                                                    ------------
                                                                         119,600
                                                                    ============
                  Market value of unallocated shares at 
                     December 31, 1997                              $  2,250,000
                                                                    ============
       (b)    Stock Option Plan

              On January 16, 1996, the Company's  stockholders  approved the SFS
              Bancorp,  Inc. 1996 Stock Option and Incentive  Plan (Stock Option
              Plan).  The  primary  objective  of the  Stock  Option  Plan is to
              provide officers and directors with a proprietary  interest in the
              Company and as an incentive  to  encourage  such persons to remain
              with the Company.

              Under the Stock  Option Plan,  149,500  shares of  authorized  but
              unissued  stock are reserved for issuance  upon option  exercises.
              The Company also has the alternative to fund the Stock Option Plan
              with  treasury  stock.  Options  under  the  plan  may  be  either
              non-qualified  stock  options or  incentive  stock  options.  Each
              option  entitles  the holder to purchase one share of common stock
              at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of
              grant.  Options expire no later than ten years  following the date
              of grant.

              The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related Interpretations
              in accounting for its plans. Accordingly, no compensation cost has
              been  recognized for its stock option plans.  In October 1995, the
              FASB   issued   SFAS  No.   123,   "Accounting   for   Stock-Based
              Compensation."  SFAS No. 123 requires  Companies  not using a fair
              value based method of  accounting  for employee  stock  options or
              similar plans,  to provide pro forma  disclosure of net income and
              earnings  per  share  as if that  method  of  accounting  had been
              applied.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 
              The fair value of each option  grant is  estimated  on the date of
              grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  with  the
              following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 1997 and
              1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          October        January          January
                                           1997            1997            1996
                                           ----            ----            ----
<S>                                       <C>             <C>             <C>
Dividend yield .................              1.3%            1.9%            1.7%
Expected volatility ............             22.0%           22.0%           25.0%
Risk-free interest rate ........              6.0%            6.5%            5.6%
Expected life ..................          7 years         7 years         7 years
</TABLE>

              Had the Company recorded compensation cost based on the fair value
              at grant  date for its  stock  options  under  SFAS No.  123,  the
              company's  consolidated  net income and basic and diluted earnings
              per  share  would  have  been  reduced  to the pro  forma  amounts
              indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               (in thousands except per share data)
                                                      1997             1996
                                                      ----             ----
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>
Net income:
     As reported ..........................         $1,068              830
     Pro forma ............................            976              744
Basic earnings per share:
     As reported ..........................            .96              .68
     Pro forma ............................            .88              .61
Diluted earnings per share:
     As reported ..........................            .93              .67
     Pro forma ............................            .86              .62

</TABLE>
              Because the Company's employee stock options have  characteristics
              significantly different from those of traded options for which the
              Black-Scholes  model was  developed,  and  because  changes in the
              subjective input  assumptions can materially affect the fair value
              estimate,  the existing models,  in management's  opinion,  do not
              necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of
              its employee stock options.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 
              A summary of the status of the Company's  stock option plans as of
              December  31, 1997 and 1996 and changes  during the years ended on
              those dates is presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997                     1996
                                                   ---------------------     ---------------------
                                                               Weighted-                 Weighted-
                                                                Average                   Average
                                                               Exercise                  Exercise
                                                   Shares        Price       Shares        Price
                                                   ------        -----       ------        -----
<S>                                               <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
   Options:
       Outstanding at January 1                    114,367     $  12.63            -           -
       Granted                                      18,687        19.12       133,054       12.63
       Exercised                                    (7,475)       12.63            -           -
       Cancelled                                        -             -       (18,687)      12.63
       Outstanding at year-end                     125,579        13.59       114,367       12.63
       Exercisable at year-end                      21,379        12.63            -           -

   Estimated weighted-average 
       fair value of options granted
       during the year                            $   6.29                   $   4.08
                                                   =======                   ======== 
</TABLE>

              The following  table  summarizes  information  about the Company's
              stock options at December 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Options Outstanding                  Options Exercisable
                                            -----------------------------------------     -------------------------
                                                            Weighted
                                                             Average        Weighted-                     Weighted-
                                              Number        Remaining        Average        Number         Average
                    Exercise                Outstanding    Contractual      Exercise      Exercisable     Exercise
                      Price                 at 12/31/97       Life            Price       at 12/31/97       Price
                      -----                 -----------       ----            -----       -----------       -----
<S>                                           <C>            <C>           <C>                <C>          <C>
                 $  12.625                    106,892          8 years     $  12.63           21,379       $  12.63
                    14.75                       7,475          9 years        14.75               -             -
                    22.03                      11,212        9.8 years        22.03               -             -
</TABLE>

       (c)    Recognition and Retention Plan

              On January 16, 1996, the Company's  stockholders  approved the SFS
              Bancorp, Inc. Recognition and Retention Plan (RRP). The purpose of
              the plan is to promote the long-term  interests of the Company and
              its shareholders by providing a stock based  compensation  program
              to  attract  and retain  officers  and  directors.  Under the RRP,
              59,800 shares of authorized  but unissued  shares are reserved for
              issuance under the plan.  The Company also has the  alternative to
              fund the RRP with treasury stock.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 
              During   1997  and  1996,   7,475   shares  and   53,222   shares,
              respectively,  were  awarded  under the RRP.  During  1996,  7,475
              shares were forfeited under the RRP. 2,990 shares and 8,691 shares
              vested under the RRP during 1997 and 1996, respectively.

(15)   Fair Value of Financial Instruments

              SFAS  No.  107,   iDisclosures   about  Fair  Value  of  Financial
              Instrumentsi  requires  the  Company to  disclose  estimated  fair
              values for its  financial  instruments.  SFAS No. 107 defined fair
              value  of  financial  instruments  as  the  amount  at  which  the
              instrument  could be  exchanged in a current  transaction  between
              willing  parties other than in a forced or liquidation  sale. SFAS
              No.  107  defines a  financial  instrument  as cash,  evidence  of
              ownership interest in an entity, or a contract that imposes on one
              entity  a  contractual  obligation  to  deliver  cash  or  another
              financial  instrument  to a second  entity  or to  exchange  other
              financial  instruments  on  potentially  unfavorable  terms with a
              second  entity and  conveys to that  second  entity a  contractual
              right to receive  cash or another  financial  instrument  from the
              first  entity  or  to  exchange  other  financial  instruments  on
              potentially favorable terms with the first entity.

              Fair value  estimates are made at a specific point in time,  based
              on relevant market information and information about the financial
              instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount
              that could result from offering for sale at one time the Companyis
              entire holdings of a particular financial  instrument.  Because no
              ready market  exists for a  significant  portion of the  Companyis
              financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments
              regarding  future  expected  net  cash  flows,   current  economic
              conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments,
              and other  factors.  These  estimates are subjective in nature and
              involve  uncertainties  and matters of  significant  judgment and,
              therefore,  cannot  be  determined  with  precision.   Changes  in
              assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

              Fair value  estimates  are based on existing  on- and  off-balance
              sheet  financial  instruments  without  attempting to estimate the
              value of anticipated  future  business and the value of assets and
              liabilities  that  are  not  considered   financial   instruments.
              Significant   assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  considered
              financial assets or liabilities include the deferred tax asset and
              office  premises and  equipment.  In addition,  tax  ramifications
              related to the  realization  of the  unrealized  gains and losses,
              which can have a significant effect on fair value estimates,  have
              not have been considered in the estimates of fair value under SFAS
              No. 107.

              In addition there are significant  intangible assets that SFAS No.
              107 does not recognize,  such as the value of "core deposits", the
              Company's  branch network and other items generally referred to as
              goodwill.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


              The following  tables  present the carrying  amounts and estimated
              fair values of the Company is  financial  instruments  at December
              31, 1997 and 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1997
                                                                 -----------------------
                                                                      (in thousands)
                                                                  Carrying     Estimated
                                                                  Amount      Fair Value
                                                                  ------      ----------
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>
Financial assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents ................................     $  2,176        2,176
  Securities available for sale ............................        4,067        4,067
  Investment securities ....................................       28,979       29,095

  Loans ....................................................      134,586      135,886
       Less:  allowance for loan losses ....................          778         --
              unearned discount, and deferred loan fees, net           22         --
                                                                 --------     --------
           Net loans .......................................      133,786      135,886

  Accrued interest receivable ..............................        1,130        1,130

Financial liabilities:
  Savings, now, and demand deposit accounts ................       55,728       55,728
  Time deposit accounts ....................................       94,741       94,880
  Advance payments by borrowers for property taxes
       and insurance .......................................        1,281        1,281
  Accrued interest on depositors accounts ..................            7            7
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1996
                                                                    ----------------------
                                                                         (in thousands)
                                                                    Carrying    Estimated
                                                                     Amount     Fair Value
                                                                     ------     ----------
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>
Financial assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents ...................................     $  2,896        2,896
  Securities available for sale ...............................        1,990        1,990
  Investment securities .......................................       36,180       35,964

  Loans .......................................................      119,120      118,903
       Less:  allowance for loan losses .......................          642         --
                 unearned discount, and deferred loan fees, net           23         --
                                                                    --------     --------
           Net loans ..........................................      118,455      118,903

  Accrued interest receivable .................................        1,137        1,137

Financial liabilities:
  Savings, now, and demand deposit accounts ...................       53,722       53,722
  Time deposit accounts .......................................       86,894       86,968
  Advance payments by borrowers for property taxes
       and insurance ..........................................        1,160        1,160
  Accrued interest on depositors accounts .....................            7            7

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


              Financial Instruments with Carrying Amount Equal to Fair Value 

              The carrying  amount of cash and due from banks and fed eral funds
              sold  (collectively  defined  as  icash  and  cash  equivalentsi),
              accrued interest receivable, accrued interest payable, and advance
              payments  by  borrowers  for  property   taxes  and  insurance  is
              considered  to be  equal  to  fair  value  as a  result  of  their
              short-term nature.

              Securities Available for Sale, Debt Securities and Mortgage-Backed
              Securities 

              The fair value of  securities  available  for sale and  investment
              securities is estimated based on bid prices published in financial
              newspapers  and bid  quotations  received  from  either  quotation
              services or securities dealers.

              Loans 

              Fair values are  estimated  for  portfolios  of loans with similar
              financial  characteristics.  Loans are  segregated by type such as
              one-  to  four-family,   commercial  real  estate,   consumer  and
              commercial  loans.  Each loan category is further  segmented  into
              fixed and  adjustable  rate interest  terms and by performing  and
              nonperforming categories.

              The fair value of performing  loans is  calculated by  discounting
              scheduled   cash  flows  through  the  estimated   maturity  using
              estimated  market  discount  rates  that  reflect  the  credit and
              interest rate risk inherent in the loan.  The estimate of maturity
              is  based  on the  contractual  term  of the  loans  to  maturity,
              adjusted for estimated prepayments.

              Fair  value for  nonperforming  loans is based on recent  external
              appraisals and discounting of cash flows. Estimated cash flows are
              discounted using a rate commensurate with the risk associated with
              the estimated cash flows.  Assumptions regarding credit risk, cash
              flows,  and  discount  rates  are  judgmentally  determined  using
              available market information and specific borrower information.

              Deposit Liabilities

              Under  SFAS No.  107,  the fair value of  deposits  with no stated
              maturity,  such as  noninterest-bearing  demand deposits,  savings
              deposits,  NOW deposits and money market deposits,  must be stated
              at the amount  payable on demand as of December 31, 1997 and 1996.
              The  fair  value  of  certificates  of  deposit  is  based  on the
              discounted  value of contractual  cash flows. The discount rate is
              estimated  using the  rates  currently  offered  for  deposits  of
              similar remaining maturities.  The fair value estimates of deposit
              liabilities in the foregoing table do not include the benefit that
              results  from  the  low  cost  funding  provided  by  the  deposit
              liabilities compared to the cost of borrowing funds in the market.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 
              Commitments  to Extend  Credit and  Standby  Letters of Credit 

              The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated  using
              the fees  currently  charged  to enter  into  similar  agreements,
              taking into account the remaining  terms of the agreements and the
              present  creditworthiness  of the  counterparties.  For fixed rate
              loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between
              current level of interest rates and the committed rates.  Based on
              an  analysis  of the  foregoing  factors,  the fair value of these
              items  approximates  their carrying value at December 31, 1997 and
              1996.

(16)   Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

       (a)    Off-Balance Sheet Financing and Concentrations of Credit

              The  Company  is a party to  certain  financial  instruments  with
              off-balance  sheet risk in the normal  course of  business to meet
              the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments
              are limited to  commitments to extend  credit.  These  instruments
              involve, to varying degrees,  elements of credit risk in excess of
              the amount recognized on the statement of financial condition. The
              contract  amounts  of these  instruments  reflect  the  extent  of
              involvement by the Company.

              The   Company's   exposure   to  credit   loss  in  the  event  of
              nonperformance  by the  other  party to the  commitment  to extend
              credit is represented by the contractual  notional amount of those
              instruments.  The Company uses the same credit  policies in making
              commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

              Contract  amounts of financial  instruments  that represent credit
              risk as of  December  31,  1997  and 1996 at  fixed  and  variable
              interest rates are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1997
                                             ----------------------------------
                                              Fixed        Variable       Total
                                              -----        --------       -----
                                                        (in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>           <C>            <C>
Financial instruments
  whose contract amounts
  represent credit risk:
    Conventional mortgage loans ......       $   921         2,296         3,217
    Home equity ......................          --          10,279        10,279
    Commercial loans .................           257          --             257
    Overdraft loans ..................           135          --             135
                                             -------       -------       -------
                                             $ 1,313        12,575        13,888
                                             =======       =======       =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1996
                                             ----------------------------------
                                              Fixed        Variable       Total
                                              -----        --------       -----
                                                         (in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>           <C>            <C>
Financial instruments
  whose contract amounts
  represent credit risk:
    Conventional mortgage loans ......       $   316         1,572         1,888
    Home equity ......................          --          10,278        10,278
    Commercial loans .................           306          --             306
    Overdraft loans ..................           114          --             114
                                             -------       -------       -------
                                             $   736        11,850        12,586
                                             =======       =======       =======
</TABLE>

              The range of interest rates on fixed rate commitments was 7.13% to
              18.00% at December  31,  1997 and 5.0% to 18.00% at  December  31,
              1996. The Company offers  various  adjustable  rate mortgage (ARM)
              products  on  1-4  family  residential  dwellings.  The  principal
              one-year  ARM offered as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 has a 2.00%
              annual  interest rate  adjustment cap, and uses the weekly average
              from the one-year Treasury Constant Maturity Series, plus a margin
              of 3.00%,  as an index for rate  adjustments.  The  lifetime  rate
              ceiling for the one-year ARM product at December 31, 1997 and 1996
              was 6.00% above the initial rate.  The Company also offers 3/1 and
              5/1 ARM  products  where  the rate is fixed  for the first 3 and 5
              years,  respectively.  After the initial fixed term,  the mortgage
              has the same  characteristics  as a  one-year  ARM.  The other ARM
              product  offered at December  31,  1997 and 1996,  was a jumbo ARM
              with a  lifetime  ceiling of 6.00%  above the  initial  rate.  The
              Company  does not  originate  loans  which  provide  for  negative
              amortization. Mortgage loan terms vary from 10 to 30 years.

              Commitments  to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer
              as long as there is no violation of any condition  established  in
              the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or
              other termination  clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since
              many of the commitments are expected to expire without being fully
              drawn  upon,  the  total  commitment  amounts  do not  necessarily
              represent  future cash  requirements.  The Company  evaluates each
              customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of
              collateral,  if any, required by the Company upon the extension of
              credit is based on management's credit evaluation of the customer.
              Mortgage and construction  loan commitments are secured by a first
              or second  lien on real  estate.  Typically,  consumer  credit and
              overdraft loans do not require collateral.

              The Company does not engage in investments  in futures  contracts,
              forwards,  swaps, option contracts or other derivative investments
              with similar characteristics.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 
       (b)    Lease Commitments

              The  Company  leases  a  branch  facility  under  a  noncancelable
              operating lease expiring in 2006.  Total expenses under this lease
              for the  years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1996  and  1995  were
              approximately  $53,000,  $45,000,  and  $42,000,  respectively.  A
              summary  of the  future  minimum  commitments  required  under the
              noncancelable facility lease are as follows:

                     Years ending December 31:                 (in thousands)

                               1998                                $   52,000
                               1999                                    52,000
                               2000                                    52,000
                               2001                                    52,000
                               2002                                    52,000
                               Thereafter                             203,000
                                                                   ----------
                                                                   $  463,000
                                                                   ==========

(17)   Regulatory Capital Requirements

              OTS regulations  require savings  institutions to maintain minimum
              levels of regulatory  capital.  Under the regulations in effect at
              December  31,  1997,  the Bank was  required to maintain a minimum
              ratio of  tangible  capital to total  adjusted  assets of 1.5%;  a
              minimum ratio of Tier 1 (core) capital to total adjusted assets of
              3.0%;  and a  minimum  ratio of  total  (core  and  supplementary)
              capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%.

              Under  its  prompt  corrective  action  regulations,  the  OTS  is
              required  to  take  certain  supervisory  actions  (and  may  take
              additional    discretionary    actions)   with   respect   to   an
              undercapitalized  institution.  Such  actions  could have a direct
              material  effect on an  institution's  financial  statements.  The
              regulations  establish  a  framework  for  the  classification  of
              savings  institutions  into  five  categories:  well  capitalized,
              adequately    capitalized,     undercapitalized,     significantly
              undercapitalized,  and critically undercapitalized.  Generally, an
              institution  considered well capitalized if it has a Tier 1 (core)
              capital ratio of at least 5.0%; a Tier 1 risk-based  capital ratio
              of at least 6.0%; and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least
              10.0%.

              The  foregoing  capital  ratios  are  based  in part  on  specific
              quantitative   measures   of  assets,   liabilities   and  certain
              off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory  accounting
              practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to
              qualitative  judgments by the OTS about capital  components,  risk
              weightings and other factors.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


              Management  believes that, as of December 31, 1997, the Bank meets
              all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Further,
              the most recent OTS  notification  categorized  the Bank as a well
              capitalized   institution   under  the  prompt  corrective  action
              regulations.  There have been no  conditions  or events since that
              notification  that  management  believes  have  changed the Bank's
              capital classification.

              The  following  is a summary of the Bank's  and  Company's  actual
              capital  amounts and ratios,  compared to the OTS minimum  capital
              adequacy  requirements and the OTS requirements for classification
              as a well capitalized institution, at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           1997
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Minimum Capital            Classification
                                                  Actual                  Adequacy            as Well Capitalized
                                            Amount       Ratio             Ratio                        Ratio
                                           ------       -----             -----                        -----
 <S>                                     <C>             <C>                <C>                         <C>  
              Bank
              Tangible capital          $    18,977     10.88%             1.50%                         -
              Tier 1 (core) capital          18,977     10.88              3.00                          5.00
              Risk-based capital:
                  Tier 1                     18,977     20.33                -                           6.00
                  Total                      19,755     21.16              8.00                         10.00
<CAPTION>
                                                  Actual
                                            Amount       Ratio
                                            ------       -----
<S>                                     <C>             <C>
              Consolidated
              Tangible capital          $    21,421     12.28%
              Tier 1 (core) capital          21,421     12.28
              Risk-based capital:
                  Tier 1                     21,421     22.95
                  Total                      22,199     23.78
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1996
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Minimum Capital            Classification
                                                  Actual                  Adequacy            as Well Capitalized
                                            Amount       Ratio             Ratio                        Ratio
                                            ------       -----             -----                        -----
<S>                                     <C>             <C>                <C>                         <C>     
              Bank
              Tangible capital          $    17,762     10.77%             1.50%                         -
              Tier 1 (core) capital          17,762     10.77              3.00                          5.00
              Risk-based capital:
                  Tier 1                     17,762     20.19                -                           6.00
                  Total                      18,405     20.92              8.00                         10.00
<CAPTION>


                                                  Actual
                                            Amount       Ratio
                                            ------       -----
<S>                                     <C>             <C>
              Consolidated
              Tangible capital          $    21,625     13.12%
              Tier 1 (core) capital          21,625     13.12
              Risk-based capital:
                  Tier 1                     21,625     24.59
                  Total                      22,267     25.32

</TABLE>

(18)   Parent Company Financial Information

              SFS Bancorp,  Inc. was  organized to serve as the holding  company
              for the Bank and began  operations on June 29, 1995 in conjunction
              with  the  Bankis  mutual-to-stock   conversion  and  the  Holding
              Company's initial public offering of its common stock.
<PAGE>
                         SFS Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Balance Sheets
                                     as of December 31, 1997 and 1996

                                  Assets                                     1997          1996
                                                                    (in thousands, except share data)
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>
Cash and cash equivalents ...........................................     $     76            96
Loan receivable from subsidiary .....................................        2,337         3,757
Equity in net assets of subsidiary ..................................       18,987        17,808
Other assets ........................................................           60            58
                                                                          --------      --------

                  Total assets ......................................     $ 21,460        21,719
                                                                          ========      ========

     Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Liabilities:
     Other liabilities ..............................................     $     29            48
                                                                          --------      --------

Stockholders' Equity:
     Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 500,000 shares .....         --            --   
     Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 2,500,000 shares;
         1,495,000 shares issued at December 31, 1997 and 1996 ......           15            15
     Additional paid-in capital .....................................       14,365        14,260
     Retained earnings, substantially restricted ....................       12,422        11,687
     Treasury stock, at cost (286,528 shares at
          December 31, 1997, 224,003 at December 31, 1996) ..........       (4,089)       (2,840)
     Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) ..         (837)         (957)
     Unearned recognition and retention plan (RRP) ..................         (455)         (540)
     Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of tax           10            46
                                                                          --------      --------

                  Total stockholders' equity ........................       21,431        21,671
                                                                          --------      --------

                  Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ........     $ 21,460        21,719
                                                                          ========      ========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Statements of Income
                 For the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996


                                                                  1997        1996
                                                                  ----        ----
                                                                  (in thousands)
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>

Interest income ............................................     $  245        384
Interest expense ...........................................        --         --
                                                                 ------     ------
     Net interest income ...................................        245        384

Noninterest expense ........................................        115        104
                                                                 ------     ------

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed
     earnings of subsidiary ................................        130        280
                                                                 ------     ------

Income tax expense .........................................         52        112
                                                                 ------     ------

Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary         78        168
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary
     (for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996) ......        990        662
                                                                 ------     ------

Net income .................................................     $1,068        830
                                                                 ======     ======

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Statements of Cash Flows
                 For the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996

                                                               1997          1996
                                                                ----          ----
                                                                  (in thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income .........................................     $ 1,068          830
     Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash
         provided by operating activities:
           Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary        (990)        (662)
           Increase in other assets .....................          (2)         (17)
           Increase (decrease) in liabilities ...........         (19)          27
           Amortization of RRP ..........................         228           38
                                                              -------      -------
              Net cash provided by operating activities .         285          216
                                                              -------      -------

Cash flows from investing activities:
     Net (increase) decrease in loans ...................       1,420        3,319
                                                              -------      -------
              Net cash provided in investing activities .       1,420        3,319
                                                              -------      -------

Cash flows from financing activities:
     Purchase of treasury stock .........................      (1,486)      (3,418)
     Cash dividends paid ................................        (333)        (156)
     Proceeds from exercise of stock option .............          94         --
                                                              -------      -------
              Net cash used from financing activities ...      (1,725)      (3,574)
                                                              -------      -------

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents ...............         (20)         (39)

Cash and cash equivalents:
     Beginning of period ................................          96          135
                                                              -------      -------

     End of period ......................................     $    76           96
                                                              =======      =======
</TABLE>


              These financial  statements should be read in conjunction with the
              Company is consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
<PAGE>
                             CORPORATE INFORMATION
================================================================================



Annual Meeting

         The annual meeting of SFS Bancorp,  Inc. will be held on April 22, 1998
at 10:00 a.m.  at the Main  Office of the  Company at  251-263  State  Street in
Schenectady, New York.


Market Information

      SFS Bancorp,  Inc.  Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq  National  System
under the symbol "SFED." SFS Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock was issued at $10.00 per
share in connection  with the conversion of  Schenectady  Federal from mutual to
stock  form on June 29,  1995.  At March 4, 1998 there  were  approximately  299
holders of record and  approximately 422 additional  beneficial  shareholders of
SFS Bancorp,  Inc. Common Stock and 1,495,000  shares of common stock issued and
1,208,472 shares outstanding.



PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

         The table  below  shows the  range of high and low bid  prices  for the
Company's  Common  Stock.  The  information  set  forth in the  table  below was
provided by the Nasdaq. Such information  reflects  interdealer prices,  without
retail   mark-up,   mark-down  or  commission  and  may  not  represent   actual
transactions.

               1997                                      1996          
- --------------------------------------       -----------------------------------
                    High       Low                              High       Low  
                                                                              
First Quarter      $18.125    $14.75         First Quarter    $ 13.00    $ 11.50
Second Quarter     $17.50     $16.00         Second Quarter   $ 13.00    $ 11.75
Third Quarter      $23.25     $16.875        Third Quarter    $ 14.25    $ 12.00
Fourth Quarter     $28.00     $21.50         Fourth Quarter   $ 16.25    $ 13.50



         During 1997, the Company declared  dividends totaling $333,000 or $0.27
per  share on its  Common  Stock.  Dividend  payment  decisions  are  made  with
consideration of a variety of factors including earnings,  financial  condition,
market  considerations  and regulatory  restrictions.  Restrictions  on dividend
payments  are  described  in  Note  2 of the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements included in this Annual Report.
<PAGE>


Annual Report on Form 10-KSB and Other Investor Information

         SFS Bancorp,  Inc. will furnish at no charge to any  stockholder a copy
of SFS Bancorp,  Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December
31, 1997 and the exhibits  thereto  required to be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission by writing to:

                  David J. Jurczynski, Chief Financial Officer
                  SFS Bancorp, Inc.
                  251-263 State Street
                  Schenectady, New York  12305

Transfer Agent and Registrar                         Independent Auditors

Registrar and Transfer Company                       KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
10 Commerce Drive                                    515 Broadway
Cranford, NJ  07016                                  Albany, NY  12207

Special Counsel

Silver Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
1100 New York Avenue, N.W.
7th Floor, East Tower
Washington, D.C.  20005

BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF SFS BANCORP, INC. AND SCHENECTADY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

Joseph H. Giaquinto, Chairman                        Gerald I. Klein
John F. Assini, M.D.,  Vice Chairman                 Robert A. Schlansker
Richard D. Ammian

OFFICERS OF SFS BANCORP, INC. AND SCHENECTADY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

Joseph H. Giaquinto                        Richard D. Ammian
  President and Chief Executive Officer      Senior Vice President and Secretary

David J. Jurczynski                        Michael Krywinski
  Senior Vice President, Treasurer           Vice President
    and Chief Financial Officer

William Pezzula
  Vice President


                                   EXHIBIT 21



                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                State of
                                                                                       Percentage of         Incorporation
    Parent                                      Subsidiary                               Ownership          or Organization
    ------                                      ----------                               ---------          ---------------
 
<S>                                     <C>                                                 <C>                 <C>
SFS Bancorp, Inc.                       Schenectady Federal Savings Bank                    100%                Federal
Schenectady Federal Savings             SSLA Service Corp.                                  100%                New York
 Bank
</TABLE>

                       (letterhead KPMG Peat Marwick LLP)


              CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


The Board of Directors
SFS Bancorp, Inc.:

We  consent  to  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  following   registration
statements of SFS Bancorp, Inc.:

               No. 333-05789 on Form S-8, and
               No. 333-05831 on Form S-8

of our report  dated  January 23,  1998,  relating to the  consolidated  balance
sheets of SFS Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and
the related consolidated  statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity,
and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1997, which report appears in the December 31, 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-KSB
of SFS Bancorp, Inc.


                                                        s/sKPMG Peat Marwick LLP
                                                        ------------------------
                                                          KPMG  Peat Marwick LLP

Albany, New York
March 27, 1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 9
<LEGEND>
THE SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE ANNUAL
REPORT OF FORM 10-KSB FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND IS
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997             DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997             DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                           1,876                   1,296
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                               0                       0
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                   300                   1,600
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0                       0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                      4,067                   1,990
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                          28,979                  36,180
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                            29,095                  35,964
<LOANS>                                        134,564                 119,097
<ALLOWANCE>                                        778                     642
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 174,428                 164,888
<DEPOSITS>                                     150,469                 140,616
<SHORT-TERM>                                         0                       0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                              2,528                   2,601
<LONG-TERM>                                          0                       0
                               15                      15
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                             0                       0
<OTHER-SE>                                      21,416                  21,656
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 174,428                 164,888
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                  9,757                   8,758
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                2,371                   2,784
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                   240                     325
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                12,368                  11,867
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                               6,623                   6,162
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               6,623                   6,187
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                            5,745                   5,680
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                      120                     120
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                  56                       8
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                  4,369                   5,239
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  1,760                     724
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                       1,760                     724
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                     1,068                     830
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .96                     .68
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .93                     .67
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    3.46                    3.51
<LOANS-NON>                                      1,328                     801
<LOANS-PAST>                                        19                      32
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0                       0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0                       0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                   642                     572
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                       26                      87
<RECOVERIES>                                        42                      37
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                  778                     642
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                               477                     365
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0                       0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                            301                     277
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission